Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-Q

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011

 

OR

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number 001-34142

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

California

 

26-2326676

State or other jurisdiction of

 

I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization

 

Identification No.

 

125 N. Third Ave., Oakdale, CA  95361

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(209) 848-2265

Issuer’s telephone number

 

Not applicable

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the issuer (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   x    No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer  o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer  o

 

Smaller reporting company  x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o   No  x

 

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS

 

State the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:  7,718,469 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2011.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

Oak Valley Bancorp

September 30, 2011

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

3

 

 

Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements

3

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011(Unaudited), and December 31, 2010

3

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) for the Three and Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010

4

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes of Shareholders’ Equity for the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2011 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2010

5

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the Nine-Month Periods Ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010

6

 

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

7

 

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

27

 

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

44

 

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

44

 

 

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

45

 

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

45

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

45

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

45

Item 4. [Removed and Reserved]

46

Item 5. Other Information

46

Item 6. Exhibits

46

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

74,468,079

 

$

28,091,916

 

Federal funds sold

 

6,360,000

 

40,845,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

80,828,079

 

68,936,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

86,799,674

 

53,267,982

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan loss of $8,857,422 at September 30, 2011 and $8,254,929 at December 31, 2010

 

381,817,959

 

395,206,208

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

 

13,393,214

 

10,173,822

 

Other real estate owned

 

244,375

 

778,174

 

Interest receivable and other assets

 

20,871,569

 

24,033,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

583,954,870

 

$

552,396,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

505,505,125

 

$

476,738,850

 

Interest payable and other liabilities

 

2,885,838

 

2,999,836

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

6,000,000

 

8,000,000

 

Total liabilities

 

514,390,963

 

487,738,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

 

0

 

13,013,945

 

Series B Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011

 

13,500,000

 

0

 

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 7,718,469 and 7,702,127 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

 

23,180,206

 

24,003,549

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

2,121,136

 

2,080,218

 

Retained earnings

 

27,661,078

 

24,016,466

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

3,101,487

 

1,543,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

69,563,907

 

64,657,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

583,954,870

 

$

552,396,418

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2010

 

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

5,887,031

 

$

6,405,225

 

$

17,751,393

 

$

19,232,421

 

Interest on securities available for sale

 

810,946

 

592,553

 

2,273,355

 

1,769,197

 

Interest on federal funds sold

 

4,101

 

3,346

 

30,923

 

7,220

 

Interest on deposits with banks

 

28,354

 

13,370

 

68,514

 

21,158

 

Total interest income

 

6,730,432

 

7,014,494

 

20,124,185

 

21,029,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

375,913

 

570,347

 

1,223,445

 

2,097,640

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

15,199

 

85,370

 

55,687

 

268,625

 

Federal funds purchased

 

51

 

 

51

 

110

 

Total interest expense

 

391,163

 

655,717

 

1,279,183

 

2,366,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

6,339,269

 

6,358,777

 

18,845,002

 

18,663,621

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

300,000

 

1,005,000

 

1,200,000

 

3,015,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

6,039,269

 

5,353,777

 

17,645,002

 

15,648,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposits

 

306,081

 

272,136

 

846,217

 

787,142

 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

 

109,710

 

103,986

 

324,668

 

308,671

 

Mortgage commissions

 

37,080

 

30,849

 

63,900

 

74,984

 

Other

 

310,499

 

269,078

 

879,771

 

884,047

 

Total non-interest income

 

763,370

 

676,049

 

2,114,556

 

2,054,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

2,356,589

 

2,143,094

 

7,069,980

 

6,483,605

 

Occupancy

 

731,512

 

690,209

 

2,063,759

 

2,031,127

 

Data processing fees

 

253,438

 

233,694

 

751,965

 

706,889

 

OREO expenses

 

8,497

 

35,051

 

358,776

 

598,894

 

Regulatory assessments

 

135,000

 

258,000

 

531,000

 

774,000

 

Other

 

723,095

 

828,155

 

2,359,473

 

2,355,381

 

Total non-interest expense

 

4,208,131

 

4,188,203

 

13,134,953

 

12,949,896

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

 

2,594,508

 

1,841,623

 

6,624,605

 

4,753,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

845,565

 

700,700

 

2,260,925

 

1,626,221

 

NET INCOME

 

$

1,748,943

 

$

1,140,923

 

$

4,363,680

 

$

3,127,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

571,482

 

210,412

 

992,305

 

631,236

 

NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

1,177,461

 

$

930,511

 

$

3,371,375

 

$

2,496,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME PER DILUTED COMMON SHARE

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.32

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND THE NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Comprehensive

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Income

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, January 1, 2010

 

7,681,877

 

$

23,933,440

 

13,500

 

$

12,847,297

 

$

1,997,747

 

$

20,230,683

 

 

 

$

1,683,084

 

$

60,692,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised

 

20,250

 

$

70,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

70,109

 

Preferred stock accretion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

166,648

 

 

 

$

(166,648

)

 

 

 

 

0

 

Preferred stock dividend payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(675,000

)

 

 

 

 

(675,000

)

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,471

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net changes in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities (net of income tax benefit of $17,015)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,334

)

(24,334

)

(24,334

)

Reclassification of realized gains (net of income tax benefit of $80,549)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(115,196

)

(115,196

)

(115,196

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,627,431

 

4,627,431

 

 

 

4,627,431

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,487,901

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2010

 

7,702,127

 

$

24,003,549

 

13,500

 

$

13,013,945

 

$

2,080,218

 

$

24,016,466

 

 

 

$

1,543,554

 

$

64,657,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised

 

3,037

 

$

9,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,894

 

Restricted stock issued

 

13,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of Series A preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(13,500

)

$

(13,500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,500,000

)

Series B preferred stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

13,500

 

13,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,500,000

 

Preferred stock accretion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

486,055

 

 

 

$

(486,055

)

 

 

 

 

0

 

Preferred stock dividend payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(506,250

)

 

 

 

 

(506,250

)

Repurchase of U.S. Treasury Warrant

 

 

 

(833,237

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

833,237

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

Payment to repurchase U.S. Treasury Warrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(560,000

)

 

 

 

 

(560,000

)

Stock based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,918

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net changes in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities (net of income tax of $1,116,698)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,597,030

 

1,597,030

 

1,597,030

 

Reclassification of realized gains (net of income tax benefit of $27,338)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,097

)

(39,097

)

(39,097

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,363,680

 

4,363,680

 

 

 

4,363,680

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,921,613

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, September 30, 2011

 

7,718,469

 

$

23,180,206

 

13,500

 

$

13,500,000

 

$

2,121,136

 

$

27,661,078

 

 

 

$

3,101,487

 

$

69,563,907

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

5



Table of Contents

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

FOR THE NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2010

 

 

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

4,363,680

 

$

3,127,348

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,200,000

 

3,015,000

 

Depreciation

 

718,160

 

720,632

 

Amortization of investment securities, net

 

20,452

 

660

 

Stock based compensation

 

40,918

 

69,684

 

OREO write downs and losses on sale

 

290,609

 

413,275

 

Gain on called available for sale securities

 

(66,435

)

(172,561

)

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

 

(324,668

)

(308,671

)

(Decrease) increase in interest payable and other liabilities

 

(121,498

)

750,553

 

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

 

(37,872

)

76,316

 

Decrease in other assets

 

2,434,927

 

370,080

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

8,518,273

 

8,062,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of available for sale securities

 

(44,129,366

)

(11,090,604

)

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal paydowns of securities available for sale

 

13,290,950

 

8,111,950

 

Net decrease in loans

 

12,188,249

 

13,679,367

 

Proceeds from sale of OREO

 

243,190

 

1,234,752

 

Proceeds from redemption of BOLI policies

 

0

 

175,771

 

Net purchases of premises and equipment

 

(3,937,552

)

(887,968

)

Net cash (used in) from investing activities

 

(22,344,529

)

11,223,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advanced funds

 

0

 

7,100,000

 

FHLB payments

 

(2,000,000

)

(20,800,000

)

Federal funds advances

 

0

 

480,000

 

Federal funds payments

 

0

 

(480,000

)

Repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock

 

(13,500,000

)

0

 

Proceeds from Series B Preferred Stock issued

 

13,500,000

 

0

 

Preferred stock dividend payment

 

(498,750

)

(506,250

)

Payment to repurchase U.S. Treasury Warrant

 

(560,000

)

0

 

Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts

 

40,067,219

 

28,797,189

 

Net decrease in time deposits

 

(11,300,944

)

(9,103,296

)

Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options

 

9,894

 

70,110

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

25,717,419

 

5,557,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

11,891,163

 

24,843,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

 

68,936,916

 

21,648,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

 

$

80,828,079

 

$

46,491,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

1,310,802

 

$

2,597,190

 

Income taxes

 

$

3,136,119

 

$

1,646,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

 

$

0

 

$

641,400

 

Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

 

$

2,647,293

 

$

1,107,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock

 

$

486,055

 

$

124,986

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

On July 3, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”) became the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank ( the “Bank”).  On the Effective Date, each outstanding share of the Bank was converted into one share of Oak Valley Bancorp and the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the holding company.

 

The accounting principles followed by the Company and the methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and with general practices within the banking industry. In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the estimation of compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees and directors, and valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets, the recognition of which are based on future taxable income.

 

The interim consolidated financial statements included in this report are unaudited but reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results of a full year’s operations.  For further information, refer to the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

NOTE 2 — RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring .  The ASU clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. It is intended to assist creditors in determining whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), both for purposes of recording an impairment loss and for disclosure of a TDR. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: ( a ) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and ( b ) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The amendments to ASU Topic 310, Receivables , clarify the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU No. 2011-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.  There was no significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as a result of adopting this ASU.

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The ASU improves the comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) by changing the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S GAAP for measuring fair value and disclosure of information. The amendments to this ASU provide explanation on how to measure fair value but do not require any additional fair value measurements and does not establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments clarify existing fair value measurements and disclosure requirements to include application of the highest and best use and valuation premises concepts; measuring fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity; and disclosures requirements regarding quantitative information about unobservable inputs categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, clarification is provided for measuring the fair value of financial instruments that are managed in a portfolio and the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement. For public entities, ASU 2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on our financial condition or result of operations.

 

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The ASU improves the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and increases the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. The amendments to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, require entities to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Entities are no longer permitted to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. Any adjustments for items are that reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income are to be presented on the face of the entities financial statement regardless the method of presentation for comprehensive income.  The amendments do not change items to be reported in comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income, nor do the amendments change the option to present the components of other comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. We do not expect this ASU to have an impact on our financial condition or result of operations as it affects presentation only.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 3 — PREFERRED STOCK REPURCHASE AND WARRANT REDEMPTION

 

In August 2011, The Company repurchased the $13,500,000 of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 in connection with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”).  The Company simultaneously issued $13,500,000 in Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury under the Small Business Lending Funding (“SBLF”) program.  Subsequently, the Company fully redeemed a warrant to purchase 350,346 shares of its Common Stock, at the exercise price of $5.78 per share that the Company had granted to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the CPP, for a purchase price of $560,000, which settled in September 2011.  So long as the preferred stock remains outstanding under SBLF, it will pay quarterly cumulative dividends at a variable rate between 1% and 5% per year for the first 2.5 years depending on growth of our small business loan portfolio.  If there is no loan growth after 2.5 years, the dividend rate could increase to 7% and if the preferred stock remains outstanding after 4.5 years, the rate increases to 9%, regardless of loan growth.

 

The repurchase of the original preferred stock shares under CPP resulted in preferred stock discount accretion of $389,000, the full remaining balance of the preferred stock discount at the time of the repurchase.  This entry was recorded in the third quarter of 2011 and is reflected in the Preferred stock dividends and accretion line of the statements of income.

 

NOTE 4 — SECURITIES

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of September 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated Fair
Market Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. agencies

 

$

50,612,981

 

3,283,600

 

$

0

 

$

53,896,581

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

11,613,387

 

770,147

 

(14,231

)

12,369,303

 

Municipalities

 

13,329,226

 

1,245,778

 

0

 

14,575,004

 

SBA Pools

 

1,246,015

 

0

 

(2,299

)

1,243,716

 

Corporate debt

 

2,000,000

 

0

 

(32,199

)

1,967,801

 

Mutual Fund

 

2,727,437

 

19,832

 

0

 

2,747,269

 

 

 

$

81,529,046

 

$

5,319,357

 

$

(48,729

)

$

86,799,674

 

 

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at September 30, 2011.

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

Description of Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. agencies

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

2,042,958

 

(14,231

)

0

 

0

 

2,042,958

 

(14,231

)

Municipalities

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

SBA Pools

 

0

 

0

 

1,243,716

 

(2,299

)

1,243,716

 

(2,299

)

Corporate debt

 

1,967,801

 

(32,199

)

0

 

0

 

1,967,801

 

(32,199

)

Mutual Fund

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

4,010,759

 

$

(46,430

)

$

1,243,716

 

$

(2,299

)

$

5,254,475

 

$

(48,729

)

 

8



Table of Contents

 

At September 30, 2011, a total of two SBA pools make up the total amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months.  Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or other than temporary.  Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at September 30, 2011, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

8,579,110

 

$

8,640,310

 

Due after one year through five years

 

9,731,982

 

10,669,401

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

22,408,617

 

24,331,252

 

Due after ten years

 

40,809,337

 

43,158,711

 

 

 

$

81,529,046

 

$

86,799,674

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Market
Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. agencies

 

$

28,678,709

 

1,566,549

 

$

(54,870

)

$

30,190,388

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

7,946,854

 

189,926

 

0

 

8,136,780

 

Municipalities

 

9,870,381

 

931,375

 

(2,257

)

10,799,499

 

SBA Pools

 

1,517,332

 

0

 

(11,236

)

1,506,096

 

Mutual Fund

 

2,631,371

 

14,063

 

(10,215

)

2,635,219

 

 

 

$

50,644,647

 

$

2,701,913

 

$

(78,578

)

$

53,267,982

 

 

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

Description of Securities

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. agencies

 

$

3,101,384

 

$

(54,870

)

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

3,101,384

 

$

(54,870

)

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Municipalities

 

427,130

 

(2,257

)

0

 

0

 

427,130

 

(2,257

)

SBA Pools

 

0

 

0

 

1,499,228

 

(11,236

)

1,499,228

 

(11,236

)

Mutual Fund

 

989,786

 

(10,215

)

0

 

0

 

989,786

 

(10,215

)

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

4,518,300

 

$

(67,342

)

$

1,499,228

 

$

(11,236

)

$

6,017,528

 

$

(78,578

)

 

9



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2010, two SBA pools make up the total amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or other than temporary. Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security.

 

The Company recognized a gain of $27,611 and $66,435 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, on certain available-for-sale securities that were partially called, which compares to $46,030 and $172,561 in the same periods of 2010.  There were no sales of available-for-sale securities during the first nine months of 2011 and 2010.

 

Securities carried at $53,641,450 and $46,405,847 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of public funds.

 

NOTE 5 — LOANS

 

The Company’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Inyo, and Mono Counties. As of September 30, 2011, approximately 82% of the Company’s loans are commercial real estate loans which includes construction loans. Approximately 8% of the Company’s loans are for general commercial uses including professional, retail, and small business. Additionally, 7% of the Company’s loans are for residential real estate and other consumer loans. The remaining 3% are agriculture loans.

 

Loan totals were as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate- construction

 

$

12,581,985

 

$

13,669,527

 

Commercial real estate- mortgages

 

277,078,981

 

289,208,721

 

Land

 

17,344,184

 

18,975,637

 

Farmland

 

15,797,471

 

14,876,426

 

Commercial and industrial

 

31,773,238

 

30,755,651

 

Consumer

 

1,231,189

 

1,242,300

 

Consumer residential

 

24,253,685

 

21,843,935

 

Agriculture

 

11,318,631

 

13,621,952

 

Total loans

 

391,379,364

 

404,194,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan fees and costs, net

 

(703,983

)

(733,012

)

Allowance for loan losses

 

(8,857,422

)

(8,254,929

)

Net loans

 

$

381,817,959

 

$

395,206,208

 

 

Loan Origination/Risk Management.  The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than transactional banking. Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s management examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

 

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. This diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the Company avoids financing single-purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. The Company also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting market areas it serves. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans. At September 30, 2011, approximately 37.1% of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were secured by owner-occupied properties.

 

With respect to loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may originate from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

 

The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and staff personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans follow bank policy, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, a maximum housing and total debt ratio of 36% and 42%, respectively and other specified credit and documentation requirements.

 

The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate- construction

 

$

967,666

 

$

3,252,081

 

Commercial real estate- mortgages

 

4,174,385

 

4,190,665

 

Land

 

3,335,115

 

3,810,473

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

Commercial and industrial

 

26,322

 

221,723

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

Total non-accrual loans

 

$

8,503,488

 

$

11,474,942

 

 

Had non-accrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms, the Company would have recognized additional interest income of approximately $167,000 and $529,000 in three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to $163,000 and $546,000 in the same periods of 2010.

 

The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

30-59
Days Past
Due

 

60-89
Days Past
Due

 

Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due

 

Total Past
Due

 

Current

 

Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due and
Still
Accruing

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial R.E. - construction

 

$

0

 

$

549,109

 

$

0

 

$

549,109

 

$

12,032,876

 

$

0

 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

 

0

 

0

 

4,174,386

 

4,174,386

 

272,904,595

 

0

 

Land

 

0

 

2,759,964

 

575,152

 

3,335,116

 

14,009,068

 

0

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

15,797,471

 

0

 

Commercial and industrial

 

67,913

 

0

 

0

 

67,913

 

31,705,325

 

0

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

1,231,189

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

24,253,685

 

0

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

11,318,631

 

0

 

Total

 

$

67,913

 

$

3,309,073

 

$

4,749,538

 

$

8,126,524

 

$

383,252,840

 

$

0

 

 

12



Table of Contents

 

The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

30-59
Days Past
Due

 

60-89
Days Past
Due

 

Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due

 

Total Past
Due

 

Current

 

Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due and
Still
Accruing

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial R.E. - construction

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

2,663,126

 

$

2,663,126

 

$

11,006,401

 

$

0

 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

 

1,473,940

 

2,865,492

 

1,325,173

 

5,664,605

 

283,544,116

 

0

 

Land

 

0

 

0

 

3,810,473

 

3,810,473

 

15,165,164

 

0

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

14,876,426

 

0

 

Commercial and industrial

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

30,755,651

 

0

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

1,242,300

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

21,843,935

 

0

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

13,621,952

 

0

 

Total

 

$

1,473,940

 

$

2,865,492

 

$

7,798,772

 

$

12,138,204

 

$

392,055,945

 

$

0

 

 

Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Impaired loans as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are set forth in the following table. No interest income was recognized on impaired loans subsequent to their classification as impaired.

 

 

 

Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance

 

Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance

 

Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance

 

Total
Recorded
Investment

 

Related
Allowance

 

Average
Recorded
Investment

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial R.E. - construction

 

$

1,049,448

 

$

418,557

 

$

549,109

 

$

967,666

 

$

86,303

 

$

1,378,721

 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

 

4,469,681

 

1,308,893

 

2,865,492

 

4,174,385

 

502,692

 

4,174,385

 

Land

 

7,707,585

 

703,731

 

2,631,384

 

3,335,115

 

465,798

 

3,337,616

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

29,023

 

26,322

 

0

 

26,322

 

0

 

27,073

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Total

 

$

13,255,737

 

$

2,457,503

 

$

6,045,985

 

$

8,503,488

 

$

1,054,793

 

$

8,917,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial R.E. - construction

 

$

3,405,167

 

$

1,427,776

 

$

1,824,305

 

$

3,252,081

 

$

179,725

 

$

4,430,245

 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

 

4,469,681

 

4,190,665

 

0

 

4,190,665

 

0

 

1,900,081

 

Land

 

7,710,271

 

739,732

 

3,070,741

 

3,810,473

 

768,118

 

4,231,514

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Commercial and industrial

 

222,023

 

221,723

 

0

 

221,723

 

0

 

207,384

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2,417

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

$

15,807,142

 

$

6,579,896

 

$

4,895,046

 

$

11,474,942

 

$

947,843

 

$

10,771,641

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings —   In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

 

As a result of adopting the amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, the Company reassessed all restructurings that occurred on or after the beginning of the current fiscal year (January 1, 2011) for identification as troubled debt restructurings.  The Company identified as troubled debt restructurings two loans with carrying values totaling $2.6 million that was not previously identified as a troubled debt restructure.  However, the receivables were previously identified as collateral dependent impaired loans and the related allowance for loan losses of $409,000 was measured in accordance with the guidance in Section 310-10-35.  The amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02 require prospective application of the impairment measurement guidance in Section 310-10-35 for those receivables newly identified as impaired at the end of the first interim period of adoption (September 30, 2011), there were no newly identified trouble debt restructures for which the allowance for loan losses was previously measured under general allowance for loan losses methodology and are now impaired under Section 310-10-35.

 

At September 30, 2011, there were 7 loans and leases that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings. Of these loans and leases, one is modified and is currently performing (less than ninety days past due) totaling $604,000 and 6 are considered nonperforming totaling $4,329,000. At September 30, 2011 there were unfunded commitments of $1,274,000 on one loan classified as a troubled debt restructure because of an agreement with a borrower to continue advancing funds and covering overhead costs on a residential development project.  The Company will receive proceeds to pay down the principal as the residential properties sell.  As of December 31, 2010, there were no unfunded commitments on those loans considered troubled debt restructures.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

The Company has allocated $552,000 and $119,000 of specific reserves to loans whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company has commitments to lend an additional $1,274,000, as described above, to one of these borrowers as of September 30, 2011.  The Company had not committed to lend additional amounts to these borrowers as of December 31, 2010.

 

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011, the terms of four loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date; or a temporary payment modification in which the payment amount allocated towards principal was reduced. In some cases, a permanent reduction of the accrued interest on the loan was conceded.

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the three and nine month period ended September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2011

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011

 

 

 

Number
of
Loans

 

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Number
of
Loans

 

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial R.E. - construction

 

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

2

 

$

2,294,219

 

$

2,294,219

 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Land

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2

 

3,224,764

 

3,224,764

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

4

 

$

5,518,983

 

$

5,518,983

 

 

The troubled debt restructurings during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 did not increase the allowance for loan losses as a result of the loan modification and there were no charge offs as a result of the loan modifications.

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

Number of
Loans

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Number of
Loans

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial R.E. - construction

 

1

 

$

549,109

 

1

 

$

549,109

 

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Land

 

2

 

2,631,384

 

2

 

2,631,384

 

Farmland

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer residential

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Agriculture

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

3

 

$

3,180,493

 

3

 

$

3,180,493

 

 

15



Table of Contents

 

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is ninety days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

The troubled debt restructuring that subsequently defaulted above did not result in an increase to the allowance for loan losses or a charge-off during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011.

 

Quality ratings (Risk Grades) are assigned to all commitments and stand-alone notes. Risk grades define the basic characteristics of commitments or stand-alone note in relation to their risk. All loans are graded using a system that maximizes the loan quality information contained in loan review grades, while ensuring that the system is compatible with the grades used by bank examiners.

 

We grade loans using the following letter system:

 

1 Exceptional Loan

2 Quality Loan

3A Better Than Acceptable Loan

3B Acceptable Loan

3C Marginally Acceptable Loan

4 (W) Watch Acceptable Loan

5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned

6 Substandard Loan

7 Doubtful Loan

8 Loss

 

1. Exceptional Loan - Loans with A+ credits that contain very little, if any, risk. Grade 1 loans are considered Pass.  To qualify for this rating, the following characteristics must be present:

 

· A high level of liquidity and whose debt-servicing capacity exceeds expected obligations by a substantial margin.

· Where leverage is below average for the industry and earnings are consistent or growing without severe vulnerability to economic cycles.

· Also included in this rating (but not mandatory unless one or more of the preceding characteristics are missing) are loans that are fully secured and properly margined by our own time instruments or U.S. blue chip securities. To be properly margined cash collateral must be equal to, or greater than, 110% of the loan amount.

 

2. Quality Loan - Loans with excellent sources of repayment that conform in all respects to bank policy and regulatory requirements. These are also loans for which little repayment risk has been identified. No credit or collateral exceptions. Grade 2 loans are considered Pass.  Other factors include:

 

· Unquestionable debt-servicing capacity to cover all obligations in the ordinary course of business from well-defined primary and secondary sources.

· Consistent strong earnings.

· A solid equity base.

 

3A. Better than Acceptable Loan - In the interest of better delineating the loan portfolio’s true credit risk for reserve allocation, further granularity has been sought by splitting the grade 3 category into three classifications. The distinction between the three are bank-defined guidelines and represent a further refinement of the regulatory definition of a pass, or grade 3 loan. Grade 3A is the stronger third of the pass category, but is not strong enough to be a grade 2 and is characterized by:

 

· Strong earnings with no loss in last three years and ample cash flow to service all debt well above policy guidelines.

· Long term experienced management with depth and defined management succession.

· The loan has no exceptions to policy.

· Loan-to-value on real estate secured transactions is 10% to 20% less than policy guidelines.

· Very liquid balance sheet that may have cash available to pay off our loan completely.

· Little to no debt on balance sheet.

 

3B. Acceptable Loan - 3B loans are simply defined as all loans that are less qualified than 3A loans and are stronger than 3C loans. These loans are characterized by acceptable sources of repayment that conform to bank policy and regulatory requirements. Repayment risks are acceptable for these loans. Credit or collateral exceptions are minimal, are in the process of correction, and do not represent repayment risk. These loans:

 

· Are those where the borrower has average financial strengths, a history of profitable operations and experienced management.

· Are those where the borrower can be expected to handle normal credit needs in a satisfactory manner.

 

3C. Marginally Acceptable - 3C loans have similar characteristics as that of 3Bs with the following additional characteristics:

Requires collateral. A credit facility where the borrower has average financial strengths, but usually lacks reliable secondary sources of repayment other than the subject collateral.  Other common characteristics can include some or all of the following: minimal background experience of management, lacking continuity of management, a start-up operation, erratic historical profitability (acceptable reasons-well identified), lack of or marginal sponsorship of guarantor, and government guaranteed loans.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

4W Watch Acceptable - Watch grade will be assigned to any credit that is adequately secured and performing but monitored for a number of indicators. These characteristics may include any unexpected short-term adverse financial performance from budgeted projections or prior period’s results (i.e., declining profits, sales, margins, cash flow, or increased reliance on leverage, including adverse balance sheet ratios, trade debt issues, etc.). Additionally, any managerial or personal problems of company management, decline in the entire industry or local economic conditions failure to provide financial information or other documentation as requested; issues regarding delinquency, overdrafts, or renewals; and any other issues that cause concern for the company. Loans to individuals or loans supported by guarantors with marginal net worth and/or marginal collateral. Weakness identified in a Watch credit is short-term in nature.  Loans in this category are usually accounts the Company would want to retain providing a positive turnaround can be expected within a reasonable time frame.  Grade 4 loans are considered Pass.

 

5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - A special mention extension of credit is defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Extensions of credit that might be detailed in this category include the following:

 

· The lending officer may be unable to properly supervise the credit because of an inadequate loan or credit agreement.

· Questions exist regarding the condition of and/or control over collateral.

· Economic or market conditions may unfavorably affect the obligor in the future.

· A declining trend in the obligor’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet exists, but not to the point that repayment is jeopardized.

 

6 Substandard Loan - A “substandard” extension of credit is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified substandard.

 

7 Doubtful Loan - An extension of credit classified “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceedings, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. The entire loan need not be classified doubtful when collection of a specific portion appears highly probable. An example of proper use of the doubtful category is the case of a company being liquidated, with the trustee-in-bankruptcy indicating a minimum disbursement of 40 percent and a maximum of 65 percent to unsecured creditors, including the Company. In this situation, estimates are based on liquidation value appraisals with actual values yet to be realized. By definition, the only portion of the credit that is doubtful is the 25 percent difference between 40 and 65 percent. A proper classification of such a credit would show 40 percent substandard, 25 percent doubtful, and 35 percent loss. A credit classified as doubtful should be resolved within a ‘reasonable’ period of time. Reasonable is generally defined as the period between examinations. In other words, a credit classified doubtful at an examination should be cleared up before the next exam. However, there may be situations that warrant continuation of the doubtful classification a while longer.

 

8. Loss - Extensions of credit classified “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the credit has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. It should not be the Company’s practice to attempt long-term recoveries while the credit remains on the books. Losses should be taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents weighted average risk grades of our loan portfolio:

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Weighted Average
Risk Grade

 

Weighted Average
Risk Grade

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate - construction

 

3.23

 

4.83

 

Commercial real estate - mortgages

 

3.26

 

3.27

 

Land

 

5.23

 

5.37

 

Farmland

 

3.30

 

3.45

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

3.30

 

3.28

 

Consumer

 

2.71

 

2.77

 

Consumer residential

 

3.05

 

3.01

 

Agriculture

 

3.19

 

3.20

 

Total gross loans

 

3.34

 

3.42

 

 

The following table presents risk grade totals by class of loans as of September 30, 2011.  Risk grades 1 through 4 have been aggregated in the “Pass” line.

 

Dollars in thousands

 

Commercial R.E.
Construction

 

Commercial R.E.
Mortgages

 

Land

 

Farmland

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Consumer
Residential

 

Agriculture

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

11,614,320

 

$

257,532,950

 

$

11,054,691

 

$

14,411,272

 

$

30,792,695

 

$

1,214,764

 

$

23,857,454

 

$

10,602,599

 

$

361,080,745

 

Special mention

 

 

10,010,295

 

 

 

85,549

 

 

 

 

10,095,844

 

Substandard

 

967,665

 

9,535,736

 

6,289,493

 

1,386,199

 

894,994

 

16,425

 

396,231

 

716,032

 

20,202,775

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

12,581,985

 

$

277,078,981

 

$

17,344,184

 

$

15,797,471

 

$

31,773,238

 

$

1,231,189

 

$

24,253,685

 

$

11,318,631

 

$

391,379,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

10,417,446

 

$

265,361,186

 

$

4,076,121

 

$

12,225,807

 

$

28,295,716

 

$

1,225,072

 

$

21,723,935

 

$

12,593,405

 

$

355,918,688

 

Special mention

 

 

10,352,335

 

 

1,190,402

 

1,573,044

 

 

 

278,548

 

13,394,329

 

Substandard

 

3,252,081

 

13,495,200

 

14,899,516

 

1,460,217

 

886,891

 

17,228

 

120,000

 

749,999

 

34,881,132

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

13,669,527

 

$

289,208,721

 

$

18,975,637

 

$

14,876,426

 

$

30,755,651

 

$

1,242,300

 

$

21,843,935

 

$

13,621,952

 

$

404,194,149

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, specific homogeneous risk pools and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for  loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. The provision for loan losses also reflects the totality of actions taken on all loans for a particular period.  In other words, the amount of the provision reflects not only the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses related to newly identified criticized loans, but it also reflects actions taken related to other loans including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

 

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 310 based on probable losses on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 450 based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the impact of current conditions; and (iii) general valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 450 based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.

 

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of problem loans. Loans are classified based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: (i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. This analysis is performed at the relationship manager level for all commercial loans. When a loan has a calculated grade of 5 or higher, a special assets officer analyzes the loan to determine whether the loan is impaired and, if impaired, the need to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry, among other things.

 

Historical valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans and the internal risk grade of such loans at the time they were charged-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are periodically updated based on actual charge-off experience. A historical valuation allowance is established for each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans.

 

General valuation allowances are based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. In general, such valuation allowances are determined by evaluating, among other things: (i) the experience, ability and effectiveness of the Company’s lending management and staff; (ii) the effectiveness of the Company’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls; (iii) changes in asset quality; (iv) changes in loan portfolio volume; (v) the composition and concentrations of credit; (vi) the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing; (vii) the effectiveness of the internal loan review function; (viii) the impact of environmental risks on portfolio risks; and (ix) the impact of rising interest rates on portfolio risk. Management evaluates the degree of risk that each one of these components has on the quality of the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis. Each component is determined to have either a high, moderate or low degree of risk. The results are then input into a “general allocation matrix” to determine an appropriate general valuation allowance.

 

Included in the general valuation allowances are allocations for groups of similar loans with risk characteristics that exceed certain concentration limits established by management. Concentration risk limits have been established, among other things, for certain industry concentrations, large balance and highly leveraged credit relationships that exceed specified risk grades, and loans originated with policy exceptions that exceed specified risk grades.

 

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged-off. Furthermore, consumer loan accounts are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

and industrial

 

Consumer

 

Residential

 

Agriculture

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

6,777,668

 

$

768,046

 

$

43,630

 

$

393,923

 

$

159,119

 

$

448,653

 

$

8,591,039

 

Charge-offs

 

(29,001

)

0

 

(1,296

)

(38,078

)

0

 

0

 

(68,375

)

Recoveries

 

28,581

 

4,707

 

1,240

 

230

 

0

 

0

 

34,758

 

Provision

 

125,007

 

37,876

 

21,482

 

16,731

 

118,746

 

(19,842

)

300,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

6,902,255

 

$

810,629

 

$

65,056

 

$

372,806

 

$

277,865

 

$

428,811

 

$

8,857,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

6,577,011

 

$

686,303

 

$

61,115

 

$

375,349

 

$

152,526

 

$

402,625

 

$

8,254,929

 

Charge-offs

 

(565,368

)

(35,000

)

(4,152

)

(38,078

)

0

 

0

 

(642,598

)

Recoveries

 

28,581

 

10,983

 

5,264

 

263

 

0

 

0

 

45,091

 

Provision

 

862,031

 

148,343

 

2,829

 

35,272

 

125,339

 

26,186

 

1,200,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

6,902,255

 

$

810,629

 

$

65,056

 

$

372,806

 

$

277,865

 

$

428,811

 

$

8,857,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

6,304,934

 

$

584,500

 

$

41,437

 

$

167,935

 

$

137,309

 

$

378,023

 

$

7,614,138

 

Charge-offs

 

(912,555

)

0

 

(8,263

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

(920,818

)

Recoveries

 

0

 

0

 

1,886

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

1,886

 

Provision

 

771,558

 

184,367

 

26,127

 

2,315

 

(250

)

20,883

 

1,005,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

6,163,937

 

$

768,867

 

$

61,187

 

$

170,250

 

$

137,059

 

$

398,906

 

$

7,700,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

5,844,793

 

$

648,523

 

$

43,822

 

$

201,741

 

$

142,009

 

$

139,334

 

$

7,020,222

 

Charge-offs

 

(2,298,688

)

0

 

(12,528

)

(29,001

)

0

 

0

 

(2,340,217

)

Recoveries

 

0

 

1,218

 

3,983

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

5,201

 

Provision

 

2,617,832

 

119,126

 

25,910

 

(2,490

)

(4,950

)

259,572

 

3,015,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

6,163,937

 

$

768,867

 

$

61,187

 

$

170,250

 

$

137,059

 

$

398,906

 

$

7,700,206

 

 

20



Table of Contents

 

The following table details the allowance for loan losses and ending gross loan balances as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, summarized by collective and individual evaluation methods of impairment.

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

and industrial

 

Consumer

 

Residential

 

Agriculture

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses for loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

1,054,793

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

1,054,793

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

5,847,462

 

810,629

 

65,056

 

372,806

 

277,865

 

428,811

 

7,802,629

 

 

 

$

6,902,255

 

$

810,629

 

$

65,056

 

$

372,806

 

$

277,865

 

$

428,811

 

$

8,857,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending gross loan balances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

8,477,166

 

$

26,322

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

8,503,488

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

314,325,455

 

$

31,746,916

 

$

1,231,189

 

$

24,253,685

 

$

11,318,631

 

$

0

 

$

382,875,876

 

 

 

$

322,802,621

 

$

31,773,238

 

$

1,231,189

 

$

24,253,685

 

$

11,318,631

 

$

0

 

$

391,379,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses for loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

947,843

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

947,843

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

5,629,168

 

$

686,303

 

$

61,115

 

$

375,349

 

$

152,526

 

$

402,625

 

$

7,307,086

 

 

 

$

6,577,011

 

$

686,303

 

$

61,115

 

$

375,349

 

$

152,526

 

$

402,625

 

$

8,254,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balances of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

11,253,219

 

$

221,723

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

11,474,942

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

325,477,092

 

$

30,533,928

 

$

1,242,300

 

$

21,843,935

 

$

13,621,952

 

0

 

$

392,719,207

 

 

 

$

336,730,311

 

$

30,755,651

 

$

1,242,300

 

$

21,843,935

 

$

13,621,952

 

$

0

 

$

404,194,149

 

 

Changes in the reserve for off-balance-sheet commitments were as follows:

 

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

133,078

 

$

153,838

 

$

157,001

 

$

171,900

 

Provision Charged to Operations for Off Balance Sheet

 

(3,922

)

(13,373

)

(27,845

)

(31,435

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

129,156

 

$

140,465

 

$

129,156

 

$

140,465

 

 

The method for calculating the reserve for off-balance-sheet loan commitments is based on an reserve percentage which is less than other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This reserve percentage, based on many factors including historical losses and existing economic conditions, is evaluated by management periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the reserve for off-balance-sheet commitments.  Reserves for off-balance-sheet commitments are recorded in interest payable and other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, loans carried at $318,529,495 and $331,288,636, respectively, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 6 — OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

As of September 30, 2011, the Company owned two properties with balances of $244,375 that were classified as other real estate owned, as compared to three properties with outstanding balances of $778,174 as of December 31, 2010.  Each of these properties was acquired through loan foreclosure.

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at the lower of carrying amount of the loan or fair value of the property at the date of foreclosure less selling costs.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and any subject revisions in the estimate of fair value are reported as adjustment to the carrying value of the real estate, provided the adjusted carrying amount does not exceed the original amount at foreclosure.  Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.

 

NOTE 7 — OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

 

During January 2008, the Company awarded certain officers a salary continuation plan (the “Plan”).  Under the Plan, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for twenty years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the Plan. In connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered under the Plan. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the Plan, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors.

 

During January 2008 the Company awarded two of its directors a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors.

 

Future compensation under both plans is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary continuation liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the plans. The Company’s current benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary continuation contracts, which average approximately 20 years.  The salary continuation liability as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $1,444,320 and $1,300,062, respectively, and is reported in interest payable and other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

 

During January 2008, the Company purchased $4.7 million in bank owned life insurance policies and entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with certain officers and directors.  In connection with the implementation of the split-dollar agreements, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers and directors covered by the split-dollar life insurance agreements. The Company is the owner of the policies and the partial beneficiary in an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the policies.

 

The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies recorded in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet was $11,148,310 and $11,098,636 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

NOTE 8 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Fair values of financial instruments — The financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. The following methods and assumptions are used by the Company.

 

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value.

 

Securities (including mortgage-backed securities) — Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

 

Loans receivable — The fair values for variable rate loans and all other loans (e.g., real estate construction and mortgage, commercial, and installment loans) are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.  The allowance for loan losses is considered to be a reasonable estimate of loan discount for credit quality concerns.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances — Rates currently available to the Company for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

 

Interest payable and receivable — The carrying amounts of interest payable and receivable approximate their fair value.

 

Commitments — Loan commitments and standby letters of credit generate ongoing fees, which are recognized over the term of the commitment period.  In situations where the borrower’s credit quality has declined, we record a reserve for these off-balance sheet commitments.  Given the uncertainty in the likelihood and timing of a commitment being drawn upon, a reasonable estimate of the fair value of these commitments is the carrying value of the related unamortized loan fees plus the reserve, which is not material.

 

The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.  The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions.  We have excluded non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities defined by the Codification (ASC 820-10-15-1A), such as bank premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities.  In addition, we have not disclosed the fair value of financial instruments specifically excluded from disclosure requirements of the Financial Instruments Topic of the Codification (ASC 825-10-50-8), such as bank owned life insurance policies.

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

80,828,079

 

$

80,828,079

 

Securities available for sale

 

86,799,674

 

86,799,674

 

Loans, net

 

381,817,959

 

389,156,866

 

Interest receivable

 

1,679,734

 

1,679,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

(505,505,125

)

(506,133,929

)

FHLB advance

 

(6,000,000

)

(6,012,682

)

Interest payable

 

(135,658

)

(135,658

)

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

68,936,916

 

$

68,936,916

 

Securities available for sale

 

53,267,982

 

53,267,982

 

Loans, net

 

395,206,208

 

400,399,726

 

Interest receivable

 

1,641,862

 

1,641,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

(476,738,850

)

(477,261,566

)

FHLB advance

 

(8,000,000

)

(8,028,835

)

Interest payable

 

(167,277

)

(167,277

)

 

23



Table of Contents

 

Fair value measurements defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follow:

 

Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.  Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstance that caused the transfer, which generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process.

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis are summarized below:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2011

 

 

 

September 30,
2011

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. agencies

 

$

53,896,581

 

$

0

 

$

53,896,581

 

$

0

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

12,369,303

 

0

 

12,369,303

 

0

 

Municipalities

 

14,575,004

 

0

 

14,575,004

 

0

 

SBA Pools

 

1,243,716

 

0

 

1,243,716

 

0

 

Corporate Debt

 

1,967,801

 

0

 

1,967,801

 

0

 

Mutual Fund

 

2,747,269

 

2,747,269

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

4,991,192

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

4,991,192

 

Other real estate owned

 

$

244,375

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

244,375

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. agencies

 

$

30,190,388

 

$

0

 

$

30,190,388

 

$

0

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

8,136,780

 

0

 

8,136,780

 

0

 

Municipalities

 

10,799,499

 

0

 

10,799,499

 

0

 

SBA Pools

 

1,506,096

 

0

 

1,506,096

 

0

 

Mutual Fund

 

2,635,219

 

2,635,219

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

3,947,203

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

3,947,203

 

Other real estate owned

 

$

778,174

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

778,174

 

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Losses recognized from non-recurring fair value adjustments for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 are presented on the following table:

 

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

0

 

$

809,233

 

$

444,860

 

$

1,890,991

 

Other real estate owned

 

0

 

32,312

 

72,339

 

127,474

 

Total loss from non-recurring fair value adjustments

 

$

0

 

$

841,545

 

$

517,199

 

$

2,018,465

 

 

The fair value of securities available for sale equals quoted market price, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities.  Changes in fair market value are recorded in other comprehensive income net of tax.

 

The fair value measurement applies to impaired loans, which includes impaired loans measured at an observable market price (if available), or at the fair value of the loan’s collateral (if the loan is collateral dependent). Fair value of the loan’s collateral, when the loan is dependent on collateral, is determined by appraisals or independent valuation which is then adjusted for the cost related to liquidation of the collateral.  At September 30, 2011, impaired loans that were charged down to the fair value of the collateral or that had a specific loan loss reserve had a principal balance of $6,045,985 with a valuation allowance of $1,054,793.  Upon being classified as impaired, either a charge off or a specific reserve or both may be taken to reduce the balance of each loan to an estimate of the collateral fair market value less cost to dispose. This estimate was a level 3 valuation.

 

Fair value of other real estate owned is determined by appraisals or independent valuation which is then adjusted for the cost related to liquidation of the property.  Total fair market value at September 30, 2011 was $244,375 which was a level 3 valuation.  Any market value write downs are charged directly to operating expenses.  The Company is required by internal bank policies to order real estate appraisals on OREO properties every six months.  In addition, management evaluates the book values on a quarterly basis for reasonableness and makes fair value adjustments as necessary.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 9 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share (EPS) is calculated based on the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period.  Basic EPS excludes dilution and is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.

 

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED

 

 

 

SEPTEMBER 30,

 

In thousands (except share and per share amounts)

 

2011

 

2010

 

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,177,461

 

$

930,511

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

7,705,164

 

7,692,900

 

Net income per common share

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,177,461

 

$

930,511

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

7,705,164

 

7,692,900

 

Effect of dilutive stock options

 

15,636

 

36,275

 

Effect of dilutive non-vested restricted shares

 

10,663

 

0

 

Effect of dilutive warrants

 

0

 

0

 

Weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents

 

7,731,463

 

7,729,175

 

Net income per diluted common share

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.12

 

 

 

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED

 

 

 

SEPTEMBER 30,

 

In thousands (except share and per share amounts)

 

2011

 

2010

 

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

3,371,375

 

$

2,496,112

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

7,710,097

 

7,685,592

 

Net income per common share

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

3,371,375

 

$

2,496,112

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

7,710,097

 

7,685,592

 

Effect of dilutive stock options

 

12,301

 

34,024

 

Effect of dilutive non-vested restricted shares

 

9,252

 

0

 

Effect of dilutive warrants

 

7,939

 

0

 

Weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents

 

7,739,589

 

7,719,616

 

Net income per diluted common share

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.32

 

 

During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, anti-dilutive weighted average options to purchase 221,741 and 219,625 shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding with prices ranging from $5.74 to $15.67.  Anti-dilutive weighted average stock options of 223,386 and 234,517 were outstanding during the same three and nine month periods of 2010, respectively, with prices ranging from $5.20 to $15.67.  These options were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.  These options begin to expire in 2013.  Weighted average warrants of 350,346 issued to the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program were anti-dilutive for the three month period ended September 30, 2011, as the exercise price of $5.78 was more than the average market price of common shares.  These warrants were dilutive for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, as well as the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, as the exercise price was more than the average market price of common shares.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion explains the significant factors affecting our operations and financial position for the periods presented. The discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes related thereto which appear or that are referenced to elsewhere in this report, and with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended.  Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances.

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. This discussion and analysis includes executive management’s (“Management”) insight of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations of Oak Valley Bancorp and its subsidiary.  Unless otherwise stated, the “Company” refers to the consolidated entity, Oak Valley Bancorp, while the “Bank” refers to Oak Valley Community Bank

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Some matters discussed in this Form 10-Q may be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and therefore may involve risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements.  These statements generally appear with words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “may,” “intend,” and “expect.”  Although management believes that the assumptions and expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ from results discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: economic conditions (both generally and in the markets where the Company operates); competition from other providers of financial services offered by the Company; changes in government regulation and legislation; changes in interest rates; material unforeseen changes in the financial stability and liquidity of the Company’s credit customers; risks associated with concentrations in real estate related loans; changes in accounting standards and interpretations ; and other risks as may be detailed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, all of which are difficult to predict and which may be beyond the control of the Company or the Company.  The Company undertakes no obligation to revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or changes after the date of this discussion or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

  Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

Management has determined the following five accounting policies to be critical:

 

Asset Impairment Judgments

 

Certain of our assets are carried in our statements of financial condition at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test for impairment of various assets. In addition to our impairment analyses related to loans, another significant impairment analysis relates to other than temporary declines in the value of our securities.

 

Our available for sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other than temporary. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, we would adjust the carrying amount of the security by writing down the security to fair market value through a charge to current period income. The market values of our securities are significantly affected by changes in interest rates.

 

In general, as interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the market value of fixed-rate securities will increase. With significant changes in interest rates, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security for a sufficient time to recover the recorded principal balance. Estimated fair values for securities are based on published or securities dealers’ market values. Market volatility is unpredictable and may impact such values.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Accounting for allowance for loan losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on historical data and management’s view of the current economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews the methodology and adequacy of allowance for loan losses and reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and approval.

 

We base our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses and involves a detailed analysis of our loan portfolio in three phases:

 

· the specific review of individual loans,

 

· the segmenting and review of loan pools with similar characteristics and,

 

· our judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors.

 

The first phase of our methodology involves the specific review of individual loans to identify and measure impairment. We evaluate each loan by use of a risk rating system, except for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. Specific risk rated loans are deemed impaired if all amounts, including principal and interest, will likely not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial and real estate loans is measured either based on the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral, less selling and holding costs.

 

The second phase involves the segmenting of the remainder of the risk rated loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans, together with loans with similar characteristics, for evaluation. We determine the calculated loss ratio to each loan pool based on its historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer banks.

 

In the third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collectibility of loan portfolio and each group of loan pool. The factors considered are, but are not limited to:

 

· concentration of credits,

 

· nature and volume of the loan portfolio,

 

· delinquency trends,

 

· non-accrual loan trend,

 

· problem loan trend,

 

· loss and recovery trend,

 

· quality of loan review,

 

· lending and management staff,

 

· lending policies and procedures,

 

· economic and business conditions, and

 

· other external factors including regulatory review.

 

Our management estimates the probable effect of such conditions based on our judgment, experience and known or anticipated trends. Such estimation may be reflected as an additional allowance to each group of loans, if necessary. Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Central to our credit risk management and our assessment of appropriate loss allowance is our loan risk rating system. Under this system, the originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating based on a thorough analysis of each borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit administration personnel. Credits are monitored by line and credit administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition which may impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loans, specific loan pools, and off-balance sheet credit exposures (which are reported separately as part of other liabilities), the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety.

 

Non-Accrual Loan Policy

 

Interest on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed collectible. Accrual of interest is discontinued when a loan is over 90 days delinquent or if management believes that collection is highly uncertain. Generally, payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all principal has been repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals.  Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes in the statement of income the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the vesting period).  The Company uses the straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting.  The Company utilizes a binomial pricing model for all grants.  Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s stock for the period equal to the contractual stock option term. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted for the binomial model is derived from applying a historical suboptimal exercise factor to the contractual term of the grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free rate for periods is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant and commensurate with the contractual term of the grant.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other real estate owned, which represents real estate acquired through foreclosure, or deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of commercial and real estate loans, is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated selling costs of the real estate. The fair value of the property is based upon a current appraisal. The difference between the fair value of the real estate collateral and the loan balance at the time of transfer is recorded as a loan charge off if fair value is lower. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations and the OREO property is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less costs to sell. The  determination of a property’s estimated fair value incorporates (1) revenues projected to be realized from disposal of the property, (2) construction and renovation costs, (3) marketing and transaction costs, and (4) holding costs (e.g., property taxes, insurance and homeowners’ association dues). Any subsequent declines in the fair value of the OREO property after the date of transfer are recorded through a write-down of the asset. Any subsequent operating expenses or income, reduction in estimated fair values, and gains or losses on disposition of such properties are charged or credited to current operations.

 

Introduction

 

Oak Valley Community Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  We are an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and are a member of the Federal Reserve.  Since its formation, the Company has provided basic banking services to individuals and business enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The focus of the Company is to offer a range of commercial banking services designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in the two main areas of service of the Company: the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras.

 

The Company offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Company also offers commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential and commercial purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain normal provisions for acceleration.  In addition, the Company offers traditional residential mortgages through a third party.

 

The Company also offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, merchant services, night depository, extended hours, traveler’s checks, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller machines in a national network.  The Company does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Company may make such services available to the Company’s customers through financial institutions with which the Company has correspondent banking relationships.  The Company does not offer stock transfer services nor does it directly issue credit cards.

 

Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Community Bank became a subsidiary of Oak Valley Bancorp, a newly established bank holding company. Oak Valley Bancorp operates Oak Valley Community Bank as a community bank in the general commercial banking business, with our primary market encompassing the California Central Valley around Oakdale and Modesto, and the Eastern Sierras. As such, unless otherwise noted, all references are about Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”).

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Overview of Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

The purpose of this summary is to provide an overview of the items management focuses on when evaluating the condition of the Company and its success in implementing its business and shareholder value strategies. The Company’s business strategy is to operate the Company as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community oriented bank.  The Company’s shareholders value strategy has three major themes: (1) enhancing shareholders’ value; (2) making its retail banking franchise more valuable; and (3) efficiently utilizing its capital.

 

Management believes the following were important factors in the Company’s performance during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011:

 

·                   Thanks to our deep roots in the communities that we serve, our focus on customer care and our selectivity in lending, during the first nine months of 2011, our performance has been better than most institutions of our size that compete in our market.  Despite the stagnant economy affecting our primary market areas, we have been able to increase our core deposits to $467.3 million and have posted net income available to common shareholders of $0.15 and $0.44 per diluted share for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively.  While recently published economic data indicate that the current downturn may be easing, it is not clear when or at what speed the recession will end. To the extent that the recession continues, it will affect the market areas that we serve and our results accordingly.

 

·                       The Company recognized net income available to common shareholders of $1,177,000 and $3,371,000 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to $931,000 and $2,496,000 for the same periods in 2010.  The Company recognized net income before preferred stock dividends and accretion of $1,749,000 and $4,364,000 for the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011, respectively.  The factors contributing to these results will be discussed below.

 

·                   The Company recognized $571,000 and $992,000, respectively, in the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011 associated with the accrual for preferred stock dividends and accretion of the preferred stock discount in connection with the 13,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the U.S. Treasury purchased from the Company in December 2008 under the TARP Program. The Company converted out of the TARP program and into the Small Business Lending Funding (“SBLF”) program in August 2011, which resulted in preferred stock discount accretion of $389,000, the full remaining balance of the discount.  So long as such preferred stock remains outstanding under SBLF, it will pay quarterly cumulative dividends at a variable rate between 1% and 5% per year for the first 2.5 years depending on growth of our small business loan portfolio.  If there is no loan growth after 2.5 years, the dividend rate could increase to 7% and if the preferred stock remains outstanding after 4.5 years, the rate increases to 9%, regardless of loan growth.

 

·                 The Company has taken significant steps to reduce the risk of loan losses.   In the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, the provision for loan loss was $300,000 and $1,200,000, respectively, which was a decrease of $705,000 and $1,815,000 compared to the same periods in 2010.  The decrease was mainly due to management’s assessment of the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses and a decrease in the level of non-accrual loans. The Company continues to monitor its loan portfolio with the objective of avoiding defaults or write-downs.  Despite these actions, the possibility of additional losses cannot be eliminated, but the Board of Directors and all employees continue to work hard to make the best of these continuing challenging conditions.

 

·                       Net interest income decreased $19,000 or 0.3% for the three month period ended September 30, 2011 and increased $181,000 or 1.0% for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same periods in 2010.  The decrease for the quarter was primarily due to a decrease in average loan balances of $19.7 million, and the year-to-date increase was primarily due to the increase in average earning assets of $43.4 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the same periods of 2010.

 

·                       Non-interest income increased by $87,000 or 12.9% and $60,000 or 2.9% for the third quarter and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2010.  The increase was primarily due to gains in service charges on deposits as described below.

 

·                       Non-interest expense increased by $20,000 or 0.5% and $185,000 or 1.4% for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2010.  The primary reason for the increase was an increase in salaries and benefits and occupancy associated with new branch openings, which was offset in part by the reduction in the write downs of OREO property values as described below.

 

·                       Total assets increased $31.6 million or 5.7% from December 31, 2010.  Total net loans decreased by $13.4 million or 3.4% and investment securities increased by $33.5 million or 62.9% from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011, while deposits increased by $28.8 million or 6.2% for the same period.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Income Summary

 

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, the Company recorded net income available to common shareholders of $1,177,000 and $3,371,000, respectively, representing increases of $246,000 and $875,000 as compared to the same periods in 2010.  Return on average assets (annualized) was 1.21% and 1.03% for the third quarter and nine month periods ended September 30, respectively, as compared with 0.86% and 0.81% for the same periods in 2010.  Annualized return on average common equity was 8.44% and 8.43% for the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to 7.38% and 6.83% for the same periods of 2010.

 

Net income before provisions for income taxes and preferred stock dividends and accretion was up $753,000 and $1,871,000 for the third quarter and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods.  The income statement components of these variances are as follows:

 

Pre-Tax Income Variance Summary:

 

 

 

Effect on Pre-Tax
Income

 

Effect on Pre-Tax
Income

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Nine Months Ended

 

(In thousands)

 

September 30, 2011

 

September 30, 2011

 

Change from 2010 to 2011 in:

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

(19

)

$

181

 

Provision for loan losses

 

705

 

1,815

 

Non-interest income

 

87

 

60

 

Non-interest expense

 

(20

)

(185

)

Change in income before income taxes

 

$

753

 

$

1,871

 

 

These variances will be explained in the discussion below.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is the largest source of the Company’s operating income.  For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, net interest income was $6.34 million and $18.85 million, respectively, which represented a decrease of $20,000 or 0.3% for the third quarter and an increase of $181,000 or 1.0% for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, from the comparable periods in 2010.

 

The net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets) was 4.85% and 4.88% for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, a decrease of 38 and 39 basis points, as compared to the same periods in 2010.  The decrease in the net interest margin in the first nine months of 2011 was primarily attributable to the increased average cash and cash equivalent balances of $39.2 million which are earning 0.24% and thus driving down the overall yield on earning assets.

 

The current low market interest rate environment has had a positive impact on net interest income in previous years because the Company’s balance sheet is liability sensitive which typically results in our average cost of funds decreasing faster than the average yield on interest earning assets in a declining rate environment.  In 2011, we have not recognized this benefit to the same degree, as deposit interest rates are at historic lows and have essentially reached a threshold in which they cannot reasonably be further reduced.  However, the total cost of funds did decrease 30 and 40 basis points in the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to 2010 due to a shift from high cost CDs and FHLB borrowed funds into demand deposit and money market accounts.  In addition, average non-interest-bearing demand deposit balances increased by $25.1 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010.  Compared to cost of funds, the decrease in earning asset yield was more significant at 62 and 72 basis points for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to the same periods of 2010.  The investment securities portfolio recognized the most significant decrease of 78 basis points for the 2011 year-to-date period as compared to 2010, mainly because of the Company deploying cash into investment security purchases, which have historically low yields.  The yield on loans has remained more stable, with a reduction of 20 basis points for the 2011 year-to-date period as compared to 2010, partly as a result of the significant portion of our loans that are at their contractual rate floors.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

The following tables shows the relative impact of changes in average balances of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, and interest rates earned and paid by the Company on those assets and liabilities for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

Net Interest Analysis  

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2011

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2010

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income /
Expense

 

Avg
Rate/
Yield

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income /
Expense

 

Avg
Rate/
Yield

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans (1) (2)

 

$

390,329

 

$

5,889

 

5.99%

 

$

409,992

 

$

6,408

 

6.20%

 

Investment securities (2)

 

81,806

 

886

 

4.30%

 

49,626

 

652

 

5.21%

 

Federal funds sold

 

6,978

 

4

 

0.23%

 

5,792

 

3

 

0.21%

 

Interest-earning deposits

 

45,655

 

28

 

0.24%

 

21,452

 

13

 

0.24%

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

524,768

 

6,807

 

5.15%

 

486,862

 

7,076

 

5.77%

 

Total noninterest earning assets

 

50,172

 

 

 

 

 

38,028

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

574,940

 

 

 

 

 

524,890

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market deposits

 

247,621

 

181

 

0.29%

 

207,921

 

311

 

0.59%

 

NOW deposits

 

66,296

 

32

 

0.19%

 

60,583

 

48

 

0.31%

 

Savings deposits

 

17,739

 

14

 

0.31%

 

14,880

 

15

 

0.40%

 

Time certificates of deposit $100,000 or more

 

39,202

 

96

 

0.97%

 

40,528

 

98

 

0.96%

 

Other time deposits

 

22,611

 

53

 

0.93%

 

35,637

 

98

 

1.09%

 

Other borrowings

 

6,019

 

15

 

0.99%

 

18,500

 

85

 

1.82%

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

399,488

 

391

 

0.39%

 

378,049

 

655

 

0.69%

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

103,958

 

 

 

 

 

80,196

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

2,656

 

 

 

 

 

3,101

 

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

106,614

 

 

 

 

 

83,297

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

68,838

 

 

 

 

 

63,544

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

574,940

 

 

 

 

 

$

524,890

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

6,416

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,421

 

 

 

Net interest spread (3)

 

 

 

 

 

4.76%

 

 

 

 

 

5.08%

 

Net interest margin (4)

 

 

 

 

 

4.85%

 

 

 

 

 

5.23%

 

 


(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

 

(2)  Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents, based on a federal marginal tax rate of 34.0%.

 

(3)  Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(4)  Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Nine months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

September 30, 2010

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income /
Expense

 

Avg
Rate/
Yield

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income /
Expense

 

Avg
Rate/
Yield

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans (1) (2)

 

$

394,011

 

$

17,758

 

6.03%

 

$

413,504

 

$

19,262

 

6.23%

 

Investment securities (2)

 

72,354

 

2,486

 

4.59%

 

48,696

 

1,956

 

5.37%

 

Federal funds sold

 

17,729

 

31

 

0.23%

 

4,248

 

7

 

0.22%

 

Interest-earning deposits

 

38,321

 

69

 

0.24%

 

12,608

 

21

 

0.22%

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

522,415

 

20,344

 

5.21%

 

479,056

 

21,246

 

5.93%

 

Total noninterest earning assets

 

42,968

 

 

 

 

 

38,613

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

565,383

 

 

 

 

 

517,669

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market deposits

 

241,497

 

594

 

0.33%

 

208,576

 

1,133

 

0.73%

 

NOW deposits

 

65,520

 

100

 

0.20%

 

59,301

 

145

 

0.33%

 

Savings deposits

 

18,487

 

52

 

0.38%

 

14,629

 

47

 

0.43%

 

Time certificates of deposit $100,000 or more

 

41,058

 

305

 

0.99%

 

39,778

 

401

 

1.35%

 

Other time deposits

 

23,952

 

172

 

0.96%

 

36,519

 

372

 

1.36%

 

Other borrowings

 

7,025

 

56

 

1.07%

 

20,719

 

269

 

1.74%

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

397,539

 

1,279

 

0.43%

 

379,522

 

2,367

 

0.83%

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

98,015

 

 

 

 

 

72,947

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

2,863

 

 

 

 

 

2,811

 

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

100,878

 

 

 

 

 

75,758

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

66,966

 

 

 

 

 

62,389

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

565,383

 

 

 

 

 

$

517,669

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

19,065

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,879

 

 

 

Net interest spread (3)

 

 

 

 

 

4.78%

 

 

 

 

 

5.10%

 

Net interest margin (4)

 

 

 

 

 

4.88%

 

 

 

 

 

5.27%

 

 


(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

 

(2)  Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents, based on a federal marginal tax rate of 34.0%.

 

(3)  Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(4)  Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Shown in the following tables are the relative impacts on net interest income of changes in the average outstanding balances (volume) of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the rates earned and paid by the Company on those assets and liabilities for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.  Changes in interest income and expense that are not attributable specifically to either rate or volume are allocated to the rate column below.

 

Rate / Volume Variance Analysis

(In thousands)

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011 vs 2010

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

in interest income and expense

 

 

 

due to changes in:

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans (1)

 

$

(308

)

$

(211

)

$

(519

)

Investment securities

 

423

 

(189

)

234

 

Federal funds sold

 

0

 

1

 

1

 

Interest-earning deposits

 

15

 

0

 

15

 

Total interest income

 

$

130

 

$

(399

)

$

(269

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market deposits

 

59

 

(189

)

(130

)

NOW deposits

 

4

 

(20

)

(16

)

Savings deposits

 

3

 

(4

)

(1

)

Time CD $100K or more

 

(3

)

1

 

(2

)

Other time deposits

 

(36

)

(9

)

(45

)

Other borrowings

 

(56

)

(14

)

(70

)

Total interest expense

 

$

(29

)

$

(235

)

$

(264

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

 

$

159

 

$

(164

)

$

(5

)

 


(1 )   Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

 

The table above reflects the current low interest rate environment has impacted assets slightly more than liabilities as indicated by the decrease of $164,000 in net interest income due to the rate change for the third quarter of 2011.  This is not typical for the Company, as we have historically been liability sensitive in recent years.  However, purchases of investment securities in the past 12 months at market interest rates lower than our overall portfolio reflects a decrease of $189,000 due to the lower yield of the new securities. The decreased loan volume was offset by the increase in investment securities and combined with the overall change in mix of balances resulted in an increase of $159,000 to net interest income over the same period.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30

 

 

 

2011 vs 2010

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

in interest income and expense

 

 

 

due to changes in:

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans (1)

 

$

(908

)

$

(596

)

$

(1,504

)

Investment securities

 

950

 

(420

)

530

 

Federal funds sold

 

22

 

2

 

24

 

Interest-earning deposits

 

43

 

5

 

48

 

Total interest income

 

$

107

 

$

(1,009

)

$

(902

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market deposits

 

179

 

(718

)

(539

)

NOW deposits

 

15

 

(60

)

(45

)

Savings deposits

 

12

 

(7

)

5

 

Time CD $100K or more

 

13

 

(109

)

(96

)

Other time deposits

 

(128

)

(72

)

(200

)

Other borrowings

 

(178

)

(35

)

(213

)

Total interest expense

 

$

(87

)

$

(1,001

)

$

(1,088

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

 

$

194

 

$

(8

)

$

186

 

 


(1 )   Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

 

The table above reflects the current low interest rate environment has impacted assets more than liabilities as indicated by the decrease of $8,000 in net interest income due to the rate change for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.  The decreased loan volume was offset by the increase in investment securities and combined with the overall change in mix of balances resulted in an increase of $194,000 to net interest income over the same period.

 

Non-Interest Income

 

Non-interest income represents service charges on deposit accounts and other non-interest related charges and fees, including fees from mortgage commissions and investment service fee income.  For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, non-interest income was $763,000 and $2,115,000, respectively, an increase of $87,000 or 12.9% and $60,000 or 2.9%, compared to the same periods in 2010.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

The following tables show the major components of non-interest income:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

$ change

 

% change

 

Service charges on deposits

 

$

306,081

 

$

272,136

 

$

33,945

 

12.5%

 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

 

109,710

 

103,986

 

5,724

 

5.5%

 

Mortgage commissions

 

37,080

 

30,849

 

6,231

 

20.2%

 

Other income

 

310,499

 

269,078

 

41,421

 

15.4%

 

Total non-interest income

 

$

763,370

 

$

676,049

 

$

87,321

 

12.9%

 

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

$ change

 

% change

 

Service charges on deposits

 

$

846,217

 

$

787,142

 

$

59,075

 

7.5%

 

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

 

324,668

 

308,671

 

15,997

 

5.2%

 

Mortgage commissions

 

63,900

 

74,984

 

(11,084

)

(14.8)%

 

Other income

 

879,771

 

884,047

 

(4,276

)

(0.5)%

 

Total non-interest income

 

$

2,114,556

 

$

2,054,844

 

$

59,712

 

2.9%

 

 

The increase to total non-interest income for the third quarter and nine month period ending September 30, 2011 is due primarily to a increase in service charges on deposits of $34,000 and $59,000 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to the same periods of 2010.  In addition, investment service fee income recognized a significant increase of $29,000 in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the third quarter of 2010. Investment service fee income is included in the “other income” line item in the above table.  Mortgage commissions increased by $6,000 for the third quarter 2011, but still reflected a decrease of $11,000 for the year-to-date period of 2011, as compared to the same periods of 2010.

 

Non-Interest Expense

 

Non-interest expense represents salaries and benefits, occupancy expenses, professional expenses, outside services, and other miscellaneous expenses necessary to conduct business.

 

The following tables show the major components of non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

$ change

 

% change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

2,356,589

 

$

2,143,094

 

$

213,495

 

10.0%

 

Occupancy

 

731,512

 

690,209

 

41,303

 

6.0%

 

Data processing fees

 

253,438

 

233,694

 

19,744

 

8.4%

 

OREO expenses

 

8,497

 

35,051

 

(26,554

)

(75.8)%

 

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFI)

 

135,000

 

258,000

 

(123,000

)

(47.7)%

 

Other

 

723,095

 

828,155

 

(105,060

)

(12.7)%

 

Total non-interest income

 

$

4,208,131

 

$

4,188,203

 

$

19,928

 

0.5%

 

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

$ change

 

% change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

7,069,980

 

$

6,483,605

 

$

586,375

 

9.0%

 

Occupancy

 

2,063,759

 

2,031,127

 

32,632

 

1.6%

 

Data processing fees

 

751,965

 

706,889

 

45,076

 

6.4%

 

OREO expenses

 

358,776

 

598,894

 

(240,118

)

(40.1)%

 

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DFI)

 

531,000

 

774,000

 

(243,000

)

(31.4)%

 

Other

 

2,359,473

 

2,355,381

 

4,092

 

0.2%

 

Total non-interest income

 

$

13,134,953

 

$

12,949,896

 

$

185,057

 

1.4%

 

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Non-interest expenses increased by $20,000 or 0.5% and $185,000 or 1.4% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to the same periods of 2010.  Salaries and employee benefits increased $213,000 and $586,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to the same periods of 2010, primarily as a result of hiring new employees for new branch openings and additional bonus accruals corresponding to the Company’s performance metrics.  The new branch openings also resulted in an increase in occupancy expenses of $41,000 and $33,000, respectively, for the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the prior year.  Data processing fees increased by $20,000 and $45,000 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as a result of an increased number of transaction accounts.

 

Other operating expenses decreased by $105,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2011, but reflected a slight increase of $4,000 on a year-to-date basis, as compared to the same periods of 2010.  The decrease for the third quarter was primarily a result of less impaired loan expenses and cost savings on a new telephone line system.  The impaired loan expenses were incurred as a result of an agreement with a borrower to fund overhead costs on an impaired residential development loan.

 

OREO expenses were $8,000 and $359,000 in the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $35,000 and $598,000 for the comparable periods of 2010.  Included within these totals are OREO write downs, of which there were none for the three month period ended September 30, 2011 and $291,000 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, as compared to $23,000 and $413,000 for the same periods of 2010.  The remaining expense included in OREO expenses is attributed to general overhead such as property taxes and utilities associated with the properties classified as other real estate owned.  There have been multiple sales of the OREO properties which has reduced our OREO inventory from four properties as of September 30, 2010 to two properties as of September 30, 2011.  There have been no sales of OREO property in the third quarter of 2011 and one sale of an OREO property recorded year-to-date in 2011.

 

FDIC and DFI (California Department of Financial Institutions) regulatory assessments were $135,000 and $531,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, a decrease of $123,000 and $243,000 as compared to the comparable periods of 2010.  The initial base assessment rate for financial institutions varies based on the overall risk profile of the institution as defined by the FDIC.  The decrease in the third quarter and first nine months of 2011is due to a lower base assessment rate as the Company has improved its overall risk ratings.  The decrease in expense was in spite of a higher deposit base in 2011 as compared to 2010, as the FDIC assessment rates are applied to average quarterly deposits.

 

Management anticipates that noninterest expense will continue to increase as we continue to grow.  However, management remains committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a minimum relative to growth.

 

Income Taxes

 

We reported a provision for income taxes of $846,000, and $2,261,000 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, an increase of $145,000 and $635,000 as compared to the provision of $701,000 and $1,626,000 reported in the comparable periods of 2010.  The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 32.6% and 34.1% for the third quarter and nine month period ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to 38.0% and 34.2% for the comparable periods of 2010.  These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based upon reported pre-tax income, and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans).  The disparity between the effective tax rates in 2011 as compared to 2010 for the quarter is primarily due to tax credits from California Enterprise Zones and low income housing projects as well as tax free-income on loans within these enterprise zones and municipal securities and loans that comprise a larger proportion of pre-tax income in 2010 as compared to 2011.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Asset Quality

 

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, including loans restructured on non-accrual status, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest and other real estate owned (“OREO”).

 

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means and which management intends to offer for sale.

 

Non-accrual loans totaled $8.5 million at September 30, 2011, as compared to $11.5 million at December 31, 2010.  The non-accrual loans as of September 30, 2011 are loans made to seven borrowers primarily for purposes of real estate construction and commercial real estate.  As of September 30, 2011, we had seven loans considered troubled debt restructurings totaling $4.9 million, six of which are included in nonaccrual loans and the other was placed back on accrual status in the first quarter of 2011.

 

OREO totaled $244,000 as of September 30, 2011 and consists of two properties that were acquired through foreclosure including residential land lots and a commercial real estate property.

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s non-performing loans, including asset quality ratios as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

Non-Performing Assets

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

Loans in non-accrual status

 

$

8,504

 

$

11,475

 

Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing

 

0

 

0

 

Total non-performing loans

 

8,504

 

11,475

 

Other real estate owned

 

244

 

778

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

8,748

 

$

12,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

8,857

 

$

8,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

1.50%

 

2.22%

 

Non-performing loans to total loans

 

2.17%

 

2.84%

 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

 

2.26%

 

2.04%

 

Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans

 

104.15%

 

71.94%

 

 

Non-performing assets decreased by $3.5 million as of September 30, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of the $3.0 million reduction in non-accrual loans.  The reduction of our non-accrual loans during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 is due to principal payments of $1.9 million, charge-offs of $600,000 and a reclassification of one loan of $604,000 that was placed back on accrual status.  Additionally, OREO balances decreased by $534,000 during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”)

 

In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we routinely set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend credits or letters of credit. Charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio have been credited to the allowance for loan losses, whereas charges for off-balance sheet items have been credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other liabilities.  The Company recorded loan loss provisions of $300,000 and $1,200,000 for the three and nine month periods in 2011, respectively, which represented a $705,000 and $1,815,000 decrease, as compared to the provisions recorded in the same periods of 2010.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

The allowance for loan losses increased by $602,000 or 7.3%, to $8.9 million at September 30, 2011, as compared with $8.3 million at December 31, 2010.  The Company recognized the increase in the allowance for loan losses during the first nine months of the year due to the loan loss provision of $1,200,000 which was partially offset by net loan charge-offs of $598,000.  The weak business climate has continued to adversely impact the financial conditions of certain Bank clients in addition to decrease collateral values.  The increase to the allowance for loan losses combined with the decrease in our loan portfolio resulted in an increase in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans to 2.26% at September 30, 2011, as compared to 2.04% at December 31, 2010.

 

The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and make additions to the allowance in accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance.

 

The Company makes provisions for loan losses when required to bring the total allowance for loan and lease losses to a level deemed appropriate for the level of risk in the loan portfolio.  At least quarterly, management conducts an assessment of the overall quality of the loan portfolio and general economic trends in the local market.  The determination of the appropriate level for the allowance is based on that review, considering such factors as historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted, the amount of and identified potential loss associated with specific nonperforming loans, regulatory policies, general economic conditions, and other factors related to the collectibility of loans in the portfolio.

 

Although management believes the allowance at September 30, 2011 was adequate to absorb probable losses from any known and inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can be given that the adverse effect of current and future economic conditions on our service areas, or other variables, will not result in increased losses in the loan portfolio in the future.

 

Investment Activities

 

Investments are a key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is set in accordance with strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits, and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs.

 

Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions

 

The Company holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested. As of September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, we had $80.8 million and $68.9 million, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents.

 

Investment Securities

 

Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as available-for-sale.  Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying values of available-for-sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income.

 

Management has evaluated the investment securities portfolio to determine if the impairment of any security in an unrealized loss position is temporary or other than temporary.  We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, we would adjust the carrying amount of the security by writing down the security to fair value through a charge to current period income or a charge to accumulated other comprehensive income depending on the nature of the impairment and managements intent or requirement to sell the security.  Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired.  The unrealized losses are due solely to interest rate changes.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Deposits

 

Total deposits at September 30, 2011 were $505.5 million, a $28.8 million or 6.0% increase from the deposit total of $476.7 million at December 31, 2010.  Average deposits increased $56.8 million to $488.5 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. We attracted deposits due to the safety and soundness of the Company and our focus on customer service.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

Nine months change

 

(in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

$

106,804

 

$

102,422

 

$

4,382

 

4.3%

 

NOW

 

65,430

 

60,992

 

4,438

 

7.3%

 

MMDA

 

253,533

 

221,814

 

31,719

 

14.3%

 

Savings

 

17,835

 

18,306

 

(471

)

(2.6)%

 

Time < $100K

 

23,854

 

28,054

 

(4,200

)

(15.0)%

 

Time > $100K

 

38,049

 

45,151

 

(7,102

)

(15.7)%

 

 

 

$

505,505

 

$

476,739

 

$

28,766

 

6.0%

 

 

Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks.  Six of our clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total deposits, one of which had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits at September 30, 2011.

 

Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a consistent source of funds.  The only brokered deposits the Company holds are from CDARS, a certificate of deposit program that exchanges funds with other network banks to offer full FDIC insurance coverage to the customer.  The Company had $1.4 million in brokered deposits as of September 30, 2011 as compared to $3.8 million at December 31, 2010.

 

Borrowings

 

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business purposes, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) as an alternative to retail deposit funds. Our outstanding FHLB advances decreased by $2.0 million at September 30, 2011 to $6.0 million, as compared to $8.0 million at December 31, 2010 due to elevated liquidity levels from increased deposits and loan payments that allowed us to pay the advances off.  The outstanding FHLB advances as of September 30, 2011 are term advances that begin to mature in the fourth quarter of 2011 and will be fully matured in the first quarter of 2012. The outstanding advances have a weighted average interest rate of 1.01% and are all considered short-term as they have remaining maturities of less than one year as of September 30, 2011.  See “Liquidity Management” below for the details on the FHLB borrowings program.

 

Capital Ratios

 

We are regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) and are subject to the securities registration and public reporting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Our banking subsidiary is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the California Department of Financial Institutions (DFI).  We are not aware of any recommendations of regulatory authorities or otherwise which, if they were to be implemented, would have a material effect on our liquidity, capital resources, or operations.

 

We must comply with regulatory capital requirements established by the FRB and FDIC.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  These capital standards require us to maintain minimum ratios of “Tier 1” capital to total risk-weighted assets and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00% and 8.00%, respectively.  Tier 1 capital is comprised of total shareholders’ equity calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), less intangible assets, and total capital is comprised of Tier 1 capital plus certain adjustments, the largest of which is our allowance for loan losses.  Risk-weighted assets refer to our on- and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for their related risk levels using formulas set forth in FRB and FDIC regulations.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

In addition to the risk-based capital requirements described above, we are subject to a leverage capital requirement, which calls for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital (as defined above) to quarterly average total assets of 3.00% to 5.00%, depending upon the institution’s composite ratings as determined by its regulators.  The FRB has not advised us of any requirement specifically applicable to us.

 

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that rely on quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

The following table shows our capital ratios, as calculated under regulatory guidelines, compared to the regulatory minimum capital ratios and the regulatory minimum capital ratios needed to qualify as a “well-capitalized” institution at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

Oak Valley Community Bank Capital Ratios —

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Capital Required

 

 

 

 

 

To Be

 

To Be Adequately

 

 

 

Actual

 

Well-Capitalized

 

Capitalized

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

As of September 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

72,011

 

16.2%

 

$

44,573

 

10%

 

$

35,658

 

8%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

66,388

 

14.9%

 

$

26,744

 

6%

 

$

17,829

 

4%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

66,388

 

11.6%

 

$

28,745

 

5%

 

$

22,996

 

4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

68,742

 

14.9%

 

$

46,090

 

10%

 

$

36,872

 

8%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

62,946

 

13.7%

 

$

27,654

 

6%

 

$

18,436

 

4%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

62,946

 

11.5%

 

$

27,330

 

5%

 

$

21,864

 

4%

 

 

Oak Valley Bancorp Capital Ratios —

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Capital Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be

 

To Be Adequately

 

 

 

Actual

 

Well-Capitalized

 

Capitalized

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

As of September 30, 2011 , 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

72,086

 

16.2%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

35,661

 

8%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

66,463

 

14.9%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

17,830

 

4%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

66,463

 

11.6%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

22,998

 

4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

68,910

 

15.0%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

36,874

 

8%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

63,114

 

13.7%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

18,437

 

4%

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

63,114

 

11.6%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

21,865

 

4%

 

 

Our bank subsidiary is also subject to capital requirements similar to those discussed above.  The bank subsidiary’s capital ratios do not vary materially from our capital ratios presented above.  At September 30, 2011, our bank subsidiary exceeded the minimum ratios established by the FRB and FDIC.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity Management

 

Since the Company is a holding company and does not conduct regular banking operations, its primary sources of liquidity are dividends from the Company. Under the California Financial Code, payment of a dividend from the Company to the Company is restricted to the lesser of the Company’s retained earnings or the amount of the Company’s undistributed net profits from the previous three fiscal years. The primary uses of funds for the Company are stockholder dividends, investment in the Company and ordinary operating expenses.  Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Company level to provide dividends to the Company to meet its funding requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all times to meet our cash flow requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, salable government guaranteed loans and securities available for sale. We obtain funds from the repayment and maturity of loans as well as deposit inflows, investment security maturities and paydowns, Federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, and other borrowings.  Our primary uses of funds are the origination of loans, the purchase of investment securities, withdrawals of deposits, maturity of certificate of deposits, repayment of borrowings and dividends to common and preferred stockholders. Our liquid assets at September 30, 2011 were $175.3 million compared to $129.0 million at December 31, 2010.  Our liquidity level measured as the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 30.0% and 23.3% at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. We anticipate that cash and cash equivalents on hand and other sources of funds will provide adequate liquidity for our operating, investing and financing needs and our regulatory liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. Management monitors our liquidity position daily, balancing loan funding/payments with changes in deposit activity and overnight investments.

 

As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio. The FHLB determines limitations on the amount of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan category that will count towards the borrowing capacity.  As of September 30, 2011, our borrowing capacity from the FHLB was approximately $132.0 million and the outstanding balance was $6.0 million, or approximately 4.5% of our borrowing capacity. We also maintain 2 lines of credit with correspondent banks to purchase up to $17.5 million in federal funds, for which there were no advances as of September 30, 2011.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

During the ordinary course of business, we provide various forms of credit lines to meet the financing needs of our customers. These commitments, which represent a credit risk to us, are not represented in any form on our balance sheets.

 

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had commitments to extend credit of $50.4 million and $59.9 million, respectively, which includes obligations under letters of credit of $0.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used.

 

Recent Legislation and Other Regulatory Initiatives

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Act”), a landmark financial reform bill comprised of new rules and restrictions that will impact banks going forward. It includes key provisions aimed at preventing a repeat of the 2008 financial crisis and a new process for winding down failing, systemically important institutions in a manner as close to a controlled bankruptcy as possible.  The Act includes other key provisions as follows:

 

(1) The Act establishes a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to monitor systemic financial risks. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (“Fed”) is given extensive new authorities to impose strict controls on large bank holding companies with total consolidated assets equal to or in excess of $50 billion and systemically significant nonbank financial companies to limit the risk they might pose for the economy and to other large interconnected companies. The Fed can also take direct control of troubled financial companies that are considered systemically significant.

 

(2) The Act also establishes a new independent Federal regulatory body for consumer protection within the Federal Reserve System known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), which will assume responsibility for most consumer protection laws (except the Community Reinvestment Act). It will also be in charge of setting appropriate consumer banking fees and caps. The Office of Comptroller of the Currency will continue to have authority to preempt state banking and consumer protection laws if these laws “prevent or significantly” interfere with the business of banking.

 

(3) The Act restricts the amount of trust preferred securities (“TPS”) that may be considered as Tier 1 Capital. For depository institution holding companies below $15 billion in total assets, TPS issued before May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered, so their status as Tier 1 capital does not change. However going forward, TPS will be disallowed as Tier 1 capital. Beginning January 1, 2013, bank holding companies above $15 billion in assets will have a three-year phase-in period to fill the capital gap caused by the disallowance of the TPS issued before May 19, 2010.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

(4) The Act effects changes in the FDIC assessment base with stricter oversight.  A new council of regulators led by the U.S. Treasury will set higher requirements for the amount of cash banks must keep on hand. FDIC insurance coverage is made permanent at the $250 thousand level retroactive to January 1, 2008 and unlimited FDIC insurance is provided for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts in all banks effective December 31, 2010 through the end of 2012. Further, the Act removes the prohibition on payments of interest on demand deposit accounts as of July 21, 2011.  Thus, if a depositor sweeps any amount in excess of $250 thousand from a noninterest-bearing transaction account to an interest bearing demand deposit, there is no FDIC insurance coverage on the portion that is over $250 thousand coverage limit.

 

(5) The Act places certain limitations on investment and other activities by depository institutions, holding companies and their affiliates.

 

The impact of the Act on our banking operations is still uncertain due to the large volume of new rules still subject to adoption and interpretation.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Item 3.                                                                                Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 4.                                                                                Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13 a-15(e)and 15(d)-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”) have concluded that as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company would be made known to them by others within the Company, particularly during the period in which this report was being prepared.  Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

There were no significant changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting subsequent to the Evaluation Date, nor there were any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in such controls requiring corrective actions.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.                                                                                Legal Proceedings

 

There are no pending, or to management’s knowledge, any threatened, material legal proceedings to which we are a defendant, or to which any of our properties are subject.  There are no material legal proceedings to which any director, any nominee for election as a director, any executive officer, or any associate of any such director, nominee or officer is a party adverse to us.

 

Item 2.                                                                                Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

On August 11, 2011, the Company issued 13,500 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury for the aggregate purchase price of $13,500,000 in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proceeds from the offering were used in their entirety to redeem from the U.S. Treasury 13,500 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, at the aggregate redemption price of $13,500,000.

 

On September 28, 2011, the Company repurchased from the U.S. Treasury for the aggregate purchase price of $560,000 a warrant to purchase 350,346 shares of common stock of the Company that the Company had granted to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 pursuant to the Company’s participation in the CPP program.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

 

Total Number
of
Shares
Purchased

 

Average Price Paid per
Share

 

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

 

Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs (1)

 

September 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011

 

350,346

 

$

1.60

 

350,346

 

350,346

 

Total

 

350,346

(2)

$

1.60

 

350,346

 

350,346

 

 


(1) All references are to warrants to purchase shares of common stock of the Company that the Company had granted to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 pursuant to the Company’s participation in the CPP program.

 

(2) The table above does not include shares that were used by option holders to satisfy the exercise price of the call options we issued to our employees and directors pursuant to our stock option plans.  There were no such exercises during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

Except as disclosed in this Item 2, there were no other unregistered sales of our securities during the three months ended September 30, 2011.

 

Subject to and in accordance with the Certificate of Determination dated August 11, 2011 filed with the California Secretary of State for Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, so long as any share of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company may declare and pay dividends on the common stock only if (A) after giving effect to such dividend the Company’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold (as such term is defined in Section 2(rr) of , the aforesaid Certificate of Determination, a copy of which is hereto attached as Exhibit 4.1) and (B) full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the most recently completed calendar quarter have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.

 

Item 3.                                                                                Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

None.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Item 4.                                                                                (Removed and Reserved)

 

None.

 

Item 5.                                                                                Other Information

 

None.

 

Item 6.                                                                                Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by reference to filings previously made with the SEC:

 

 

3.1

Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2008).

 

3.2

First Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2008).

 

3.3

Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2008).

 

3.4

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2009).

 

3.5

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws dated effective as of August 11, 2011.

 

4.1

Certificate of Determination dated December 2, 2008 filed with the California Secretary of State for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2009).

 

4.2

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2009).

 

4.3

Certificate of Determination dated August 11, 2011 and filed with the California Secretary of State for Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

 

10.1

Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 11, 2011 between the Company and the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

 

10.2

Warrant Redemption Letter Agreement dated September 28, 2011 between the Company and the U.S. Treasury, with respect to the redemption of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.

 

31.01

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.02

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.01

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

46



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Oak Valley Bancorp

Date: November 9, 2011

By:

/s/    RICHARD A. MCCARTY

 

 

Richard A. McCarty

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and duly authorized signatory)

 

47



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

 

Description

 

 

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws dated effective as of August 11, 2011.

4.3

 

Certificate of Determination dated August 11, 2011 and filed with the California Secretary of State for Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

10.1

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 11, 2011 between the Company and the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

10.2

 

Warrant Redemption Letter Agreement dated September 28, 2011 between the Company and the U.S. Treasury, with respect to the redemption of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.

31.01

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.02

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.01

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

48


Exhibit 3.5

 

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that the he is the duly appointed and acting secretary of Oak Valley Bancorp (the “ Corporation ”), and that attached hereto as Exhibit “1 ” is a true and correct copy of the bylaws of the Corporation, and any amendments thereto, as in effect as of the present date set forth below..

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the date first set forth below.

 

 

/s/ Richard A. McCarty

 

Richard A. McCarty, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Oakdale, California September 22, 2011

 

 

I, Christopher M. Courtney, the duly elected and duly qualified President of the Corporation, do hereby certify that Richard A. McCarty is the duly elected or appointed Secretary of the Corporation and the signature immediately above is his genuine signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher M. Courtney

 

Christopher M. Courtney, President

 



 

Exhibit 1

 

Bylaws and Bylaw Amendments

 

Bylaws dated as of April 1, 2008

 

Amendment to Bylaws dated as of August 11, 2011

 



 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

Amendment to Bylaws

 

Effective Date: August 11, 2011

 

Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

3.2.          NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than seven (7) nor more than thirteen (13) (which in no case shall be greater than two times the stated minimum minus one), and the exact number of directors shall be ten (10) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders.  The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment to this Bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that (i) an amendment reducing the fixed number or the  minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, and (ii) no amendment may change the stated maximum number of authorized directors to a number greater than two times the stated minimum number of directors minus one.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, for so long as  Oak Valley Bancorp’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Designated Preferred Stock”) is outstanding, (i) whenever, at any time or times, (a) dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date (as defined in the Certificate of Determination of the Designated Preferred Stock, hereinafter the “Certificate of Determination”) for an aggregate of six (6) quarterly Dividend Periods (as defined in the Certificate of Determination) or more, whether or not consecutive and (b) the aggregate liquidation preference of the then outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock is greater than or equal to $25,000,000,  the authorized number of directors shall automatically be increased by two (but shall in no event be increased to a number of directors that is greater than the maximum number of directors set forth in Section 3.2 of these bylaws); and (ii) this sentence may not be modified, amended or repealed by the corporation’s board of directors (or any committee thereof) or without the affirmative vote and approval of (x) the shareholders and (y) the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of such vote and approval.

 


Exhibit 4.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF DETERMINATION
OF
SENIOR NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B
OF

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 401 of the Corporations Code of the State of California:

 

We, Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer, and Richard A. McCarty, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, respectively, of Oak Valley Bancorp, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of California (the “ Issuer ”), do hereby certify as follows:

 

1.                              On July 19, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Issuer adopted a resolution designating 13,500 shares of Preferred Stock as Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

 

2.                              No shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B have been issued.

 

3.                              Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, the following resolution was duly adopted by the Board of Directors on July 19, 2011 creating the series of Preferred Stock designated as Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.

 

RESOLVED , that pursuant to the provisions of the articles of incorporation and the bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the Determination and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

 

Part 1.  Determination and Number of Shares .  There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”).  The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 13,500.

 

Part 2.  Standard Provisions .  The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Determination to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

 



 

Part 3.  Definitions .  The following terms are used in this Certificate of Determination (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

 

(a)                         Common Stock ” means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Issuer.

 

(b)                        Definitive Agreement ” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Issuer and Treasury, dated as of the Signing Date.

 

(c)                         Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend and redemption rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

(d)                        Liquidation Amount ” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(e)                         Minimum Amount ” means (i) the amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Designated Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date or (ii) all of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock, if the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock is less than the amount set forth in the preceding clause (i).

 

(f)                           Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).  Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Issuer’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.

 

(g)                        Signing Date ” means August 11, 2011.

 

(h)                        Treasury ” means the United States Department of the Treasury and any successor in interest thereto.

 

Part 4.  Certain Voting Matters .  Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct to their own knowledge.

 

Date: August 11, 2011

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald C. Martin

 

Name: Ronald C. Martin

 

Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard A. McCarty

 

Name: Richard A. McCarty

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 



 

Schedule A

 

STANDARD PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.  General Matters .  Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock.  The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Determination.  The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer, as set forth below.

 

Section 2.  Standard Definitions .  As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

 

(a)                                   Acquiror ,” in any Holding Company Transaction, means the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent in the case of a merger or consolidation or the transferee in the case of a sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   Applicable Dividend Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

(d)                                  Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

 

(e)                                   Bank Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System thereunder.

 

(f)                                     Baseline ” means the “Initial Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3(a).

 

(g)                                  Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

 

A-1



 

(h)                                  Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the District of Columbia generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

 

(i)                                      Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

(j)                                      Call Report ” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(k)                                   Certificate of Determination ” means the Certificate of Determination or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(l)                                      Charge-Offs ” means the net amount of loans charged off by the Issuer or, if the Issuer is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, by the IDI Subsidiary(ies) during quarters that begin on or after the Signing Date, determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a bank, by subtracting (A) the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line RIAD4605 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line RIAD4635 of its Call Reports for such quarters (without duplication as a result of such dollar amounts being reported on a year-to-date basis); or

 

(ii)                                   if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a thrift, by subtracting (A) the sum of the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line VA140 of its Call Reports for such quarters and the aggregate dollar amount of adjustments reflected on line VA150 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line VA160 of its Call Reports for such quarters.

 

(m)                                Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

 

(n)                                  CPP Lending Incentive Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).

 

(o)                                  Current Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(p)                                  Dividend Payment Date ” means January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year.

 

(q)                                  Dividend Period ” means the period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date; provided, however , the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date (the “ Initial Dividend Period ”).

 

(r)                                     Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

 

A-2



 

(s)                                   Dividend Reference Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(t)                                     GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

(u)                                  Holding Company Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(v).

 

(v)                                  Holding Company Transaction ” means the occurrence of (a) any transaction (including, without limitation, any acquisition, merger or consolidation) the result of which is that a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (i) becomes the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under that Act, of common equity of the Issuer representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) is otherwise required to consolidate the Issuer for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or (b) any consolidation or merger of the Issuer or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Issuer’s subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of either clause (a) or (b), the Issuer or the Acquiror is or becomes a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company.

 

(w)                                IDI Subsidiary ” means any Issuer Subsidiary that is an insured depository institution.

 

(x)                                    Increase in QSBL ” means:

 

(i)                                      with respect to the first (1st) Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL set forth in the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement); and

 

(ii)                                   with respect to each subsequent Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL for the Dividend Reference Period for the Current Period.

 

(y)                                  Initial Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dividend Period”.

 

(z)                                    Issuer Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

(aa)                             Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

(bb)                           Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by subtracting the Qualifying Portion Percentage from one (1).

 

A-3



 

(cc)                             Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

 

(dd)                           Percentage Change in QSBL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(ii).

 

(ee)                             Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

 

(ff)                                 Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c).

 

(gg)                           Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(hh)                           Previously Acquired Preferred Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Private Capital ” means, if the Issuer is Matching Private Investment Supported (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), the equity capital received by the Issuer or the applicable Affiliate of the Issuer from one or more non-governmental investors in accordance with Section 1.3(m) of the Definitive Agreement.

 

(jj)                                   Publicly-traded ” means a company that (i) has a class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange and (ii) is required to file periodic reports with either the Securities and Exchange Commission or its primary federal bank regulator.

 

(kk)                             Qualified Small Business Lending ” or “ QSBL ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the “Quarter-End Adjusted Qualified Small Business Lending” for such Dividend Period set forth in the applicable Supplemental Report.

 

(ll)                                   Qualifying Portion Percentage ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Increase in QSBL for such Dividend Period by (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount of then-outstanding Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(mm)                       Savings and Loan Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1467a(b) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

 

(nn)                           Share Dilution Amount ” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and as measured from the date of the Issuer’s most recent consolidated financial statements prior to the Signing Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

 

(oo)                           Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount ” means $52,609,000.

 

A-4



 

(pp)                           Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Determination relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(qq)                           Supplemental Report ” means a Supplemental Report delivered by the Issuer to Treasury pursuant to the Definitive Agreement.

 

(rr)                                 Tier 1 Dividend Threshold ” means, as of any particular date, the result of the following formula:

 

( ( A + B – C ) * 0.9 ) – D

 

where:

 

A =           Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount;

 

B =             the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury;

 

C =             the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs since the Signing Date; and

 

D =            (i) beginning on the first day of the eleventh (11th) Dividend Period, the amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury as of the Effective Date (without regard to any redemptions of Designated Preferred Stock that may have occurred thereafter) for every one percent (1%) of positive Percentage Change in Qualified Small Business Lending between the ninth (9th) Dividend Period and the Baseline; and

 

(ii) zero (0) at all other times.

 

(ss)                             Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Section 7(d) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Determination, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

 

Section 3.  Dividends .

 

(a)                                   Rate .

 

(i)                                      The “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” shall be determined as follows:

 

(1)                                 With respect to the Initial Dividend Period, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be five percent (5.00%).

 

A-5



 

(2)                                 With respect to each of the second (2nd) through the tenth (10th) Dividend Periods, inclusive (in each case, the “ Current Period ”), the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A)                               (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “A” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the Dividend Period that was two Dividend Periods prior to the Current Period (the “ Dividend Reference Period ”) and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage; plus

 

(B)                                 (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage.

 

In each such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the Dividend Reference Period.

 

(3)                                 With respect to the eleventh (11th) through the eighteenth (18th) Dividend Periods, inclusive, and that portion of the nineteenth (19th) Dividend Period prior to, but not including, the four and one half (4½) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A)                               (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “B” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the ninth (9th) Dividend Period and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the ninth (9th) Dividend Period; plus

 

(B)                                 (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the ninth (9th) Dividend Period.

 

In such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period.

 

(4)                                 With respect to (A) that portion of the nineteenth (19th) Dividend Period beginning on the four and one half (4½) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date and (B) all Dividend Periods thereafter, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be nine percent (9%).

 

(5)                                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit a Supplemental Report that is due during any of the second (2nd) through tenth (10th)

 

A-6



 

Dividend Periods on or before the sixtieth (60th) day of such Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL for the Dividend Period that would have been covered by such Supplemental Report shall be zero (0) for purposes hereof.

 

(6)                                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 3(a)(i)(5) above, if the Issuer fails to submit the Supplemental Report that is due during the tenth (10th) Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(3) and (4).  The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be re-determined effective as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the date such failure is remedied, provided it is remedied prior to the four and one half (4½) anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

 

(7)                                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit any of the certificates required by Sections 3.1(d)(ii) or 3.1(d)(iii) of the Definitive Agreement when and as required thereby, the Issuer’s QSBL shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(2) or (3) above until such failure is remedied.

 

(ii)                                   The “ Percentage Change in Qualified Lending ” between any given Dividend Period and the Baseline shall be the result of the following formula, expressed as a percentage:

 

(  

( QSBL for the Dividend Period – Baseline )

  )  x  100

Baseline

 

(iii)                                The following table shall be used for determining the Applicable Dividend Rate:

 

 

 

The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

If the Percentage Change in
Qualified Lending is:

 

Column “A”
(each of the
2nd – 10th
Dividend Periods)

 

Column “B”
(11th – 18th, and 
the first part of the 
19th, Dividend 
Periods)

0% or less

 

5%

 

7%

More than 0%, but less than 2.5%

 

5%

 

5%

2.5% or more, but less than 5%

 

4%

 

4%

5% or more, but less than 7.5%

 

3%

 

3%

7.5% or more, but less than 10%

 

2%

 

2%

10% or more

 

1%

 

1%

 

A-7



 

(iv)                               If the Issuer consummates a Business Combination, a purchase of loans or a purchase of participations in loans and the Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding thereafter, then the Baseline shall thereafter be the “Quarter-End Adjusted Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Quarterly Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement).

 

(b)                                  Payment .  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends with respect to:

 

(i)                                      each Dividend Period (other than the Initial Dividend Period) at a rate equal to one-fourth (¼) of the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to each Dividend Period on the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date; and

 

(ii)                                   the Initial Dividend Period, on the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least twenty (20) calendar days after the Original Issue Date, an amount equal to (A) the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to the Initial Dividend Period multiplied by (B) the number of days from the Original Issue Date to the last day of the Initial Dividend Period (inclusive) divided by 360.

 

In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement.  For avoidance of doubt, “payable quarterly in arrears” means that, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, dividends begin accruing on the first day of such Dividend Period and are payable on the first day of the next Dividend Period.

 

The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of four 90-day quarters, and actual days elapsed over a 90-day quarter.

 

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”).  Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and

 

A-8



 

payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Determination).

 

(c)                                   Non-Cumulative .  Dividends on shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative.  If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period:

 

(i)                                      the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive any dividend for such Dividend Period, and the Issuer shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for such Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)                                   the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a written notice executed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer stating the Board of Directors’ rationale for not declaring dividends.

 

(d)                                  Priority of Dividends; Restrictions on Dividends .

 

(i)                                      Subject to Sections 3(d)(ii), (iii) and (v) and any restrictions imposed by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency or, if applicable, the Issuer’s state bank supervisor (as defined in Section 3(r) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1813(q)), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock, any other shares of Junior Stock, or Parity Stock, in each case only if (A) after giving effect to such dividend the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold , and (B) full dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.

 

(ii)                                   If a dividend is not declared and paid in full on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock; provided, however , that in any such Dividend Period in which a dividend is declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid on Parity Stock to the extent necessary to avoid any material breach of a covenant by which the Issuer is bound.

 

(iii)                                When dividends have not been declared and paid in full for an aggregate of four (4) Dividend Periods or more, and during such time the Issuer was not subject to a regulatory determination that prohibits the declaration and payment of dividends, the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days of each missed payment, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a certificate executed by at least a majority of the Board of Directors stating that the Board of Directors used its best efforts

 

A-9



 

to declare and pay such dividends in a manner consistent with (A) safe and sound banking practices and (B) the directors’ fiduciary obligations.

 

(iv)                               Subject to the foregoing and Section 3(e) below and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(v)                                  If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Signing Date, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock.

 

(e)                                   Special Lending Incentive Fee Related to CPP .  If Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Original Issue Date and the Issuer did not apply to Treasury to redeem such Previously Acquired Preferred Shares prior to December 16, 2010, and if the Issuer’s Supplemental Report with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period reflects an amount of Qualified Small Business Lending that is less than or equal to the Baseline (or if the Issuer fails to timely file a Supplemental Report with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period), then beginning on January 1, 2014 and on all Dividend Payment Dates thereafter ending on April 1, 2016, the Issuer shall pay to the Holders of Designated Preferred Stock, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock, but only out of assets legally available therefor, a fee equal to 0.5% of the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock (“ CPP Lending Incentive Fee ”).  All references in Section 3(d) to “dividends” on the Designated Preferred Stock shall be deemed to include the CPP Lending Incentive Fee.

 

Section 4.  Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)                                   Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends on each such share (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

 

(b)                                  Partial Payment .  If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other

 

A-10



 

stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

 

(c)                                   Residual Distributions .  If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)                                  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Is Not Liquidation .  For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

Section 5.  Redemption .

 

(a)                                   Optional Redemption .

 

(i)                                      Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5:

 

(1)                                   The Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding; and

 

(2)                                   If, after the Signing Date, there is a change in law that modifies the terms of Treasury’s investment in the Designated Preferred Stock or the terms of Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program in a materially adverse respect for the Issuer, the Issuer may, after consultation with the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, redeem all of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.

 

(ii)                                   The per-share redemption price for shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be equal to the sum of:

 

(1)                                   the Liquidation Amount per share;

 

(2)                                   the per-share amount of any  unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period at the Applicable Dividend Rate to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for that Dividend Period; and

 

A-11



 

(3)                                   the pro rata amount of CPP Lending Incentive Fees for the current Dividend Period.

 

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent.  Any declared but unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

 

(b)                                  No Sinking Fund .  The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(c)                                   Notice of Redemption .  Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer.  Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption.  Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility.  Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state:  (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

 

(d)                                  Partial Redemption .  In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable, but in any event the shares to be redeemed shall not be less than the Minimum Amount. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

 

A-12



 

(e)                                   Effectiveness of Redemption .  If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest.  Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

 

(f)                                     Status of Redeemed Shares .  Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

 

Section 6.  Conversion .  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

 

Section 7.  Voting Rights .

 

(a)                                   General .  The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

 

(b)                                  Board Observation Rights .  Whenever, at any time or times, dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of five (5) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Issuer shall invite a representative selected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors in connection with such meetings; provided , that the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall not be obligated to select such a representative, nor shall such representative, if selected, be obligated to attend any meeting to which he/she is invited.  The rights of the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock set forth in this Section 7(b) shall terminate when full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned.

 

(c)                                   Preferred Stock Directors .  Whenever, at any time or times, (i) dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five

 

A-13



 

(5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of six (6) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation preference of the then-outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock is greater than or equal to $25,000,000, the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect two directors (hereinafter the “ Preferred Directors ” and each a “ Preferred Director ”) at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if the next annual meeting is not yet scheduled or is scheduled to occur more than thirty days later, the President of the Company shall promptly call a special meeting for that purpose) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors.  Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto.  Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class.  If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

 

(d)                                  Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters .  So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the written consent of (x) Treasury if Treasury holds any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, or (y) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, if Treasury does not hold any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

 

(i)                                      Authorization of Senior Stock .  Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Determination for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

 

(ii)                                   Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock .  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Determination for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(d)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal

 

A-14



 

by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations .  Subject to Section 7(d)(v) below, any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole; provided , that in all cases, the obligations of the Issuer are assumed (by operation of law or by express written assumption) by the resulting entity or its ultimate parent;

 

(iv)                               Certain Asset Sales .  Any sale of all, substantially all, or any material portion of, the assets of the Company, if the Designated Preferred Stock will not be redeemed in full contemporaneously with the consummation of such sale; and

 

(v)                                  Holding Company Transactions .  Any consummation of a Holding Company Transaction, unless as a result of the Holding Company Transaction each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for one share with an equal liquidation preference of preference securities of the Issuer or the Acquiror (the “ Holding Company Preferred Stock ”).  Any such Holding Company Preferred Stock shall entitle holders thereof to dividends from the date of issuance of such Holding Company Preferred Stock on terms that are equivalent to the terms set forth herein, and shall have such other rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion or exchange, taken as a whole;

 

provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(d), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

A-15



 

(e)                                   Changes after Provision for Redemption .  No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

(f)                                     Procedures for Voting and Consents .  The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

 

Section 8.  Restriction on Redemptions and Repurchases .

 

(a)                                   Subject to Sections 8(b) and (c), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may repurchase or redeem any shares of Capital Stock (as defined below), in each case only if (i) after giving effect to such dividend, repurchase or redemption, the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold and (ii) dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date).

 

(b)                                  If a dividend is not declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, neither the Issuer nor any Issuer Subsidiary shall, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock, Junior Stock, Parity Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Issuer or any Issuer Subsidiary, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (“Capital Stock”), (other than (i) redemptions, purchases, repurchases or other acquisitions of the Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) repurchases of Junior Stock or Common Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset any Share Dilution Amount pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice; provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount, (iii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of the Issuer Subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any other Issuer Subsidiary), including as trustees or custodians, (iv) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock or trust preferred securities for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case set forth in this clause (iv), solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the

 

A-16



 

accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock, (v) redemptions of securities held by the Issuer or any wholly-owned Issuer Subsidiary or (vi) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of any Issuer Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to (x) if Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Original Issue Date, the original issue date of such Previously Acquired Preferred Shares, or (y) otherwise, the Signing Date).

 

(c)                                   If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Signing Date, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly,  purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 9.  No Preemptive Rights .  No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

 

Section 10.  References to Line Items of Supplemental Reports .  If Treasury modifies the form of Supplemental Report, pursuant to its rights under the Definitive Agreement,  and any such modification includes a change to the caption or number of any line item on the Supplemental Report, then any reference herein to such line item shall thereafter be a reference to such re-captioned or re-numbered line item.

 

Section 11.  Record Holders .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 12.  Notices .  All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Determination, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

 

Section 13.  Replacement Certificates .  The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

 

Section 14.  Other Rights .  The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or

 

A-17



 

other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

A-18


Exhibit 10.1

 

SMALL BUSINESS LENDING FUND — SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Oak Valley Bancorp

 

0326

Name of Company

 

SBLF No.

 

 

 

125 N. Third Avenue

Corporation

Street Address for Notices

Organizational Form (e.g., corporation, national bank)

 

 

Oakdale,

CA

95361

California

City

State

Zip Code

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

 

Richard A. McCarty

Federal Reserve Board

Name of Contact Person to Receive Notices

Appropriate Federal Banking Agency

 

 

(209) 844-7538

(209) 844-7538

August 11, 2011

Fax Number for Notices

Phone Number for Notices

Effective Date

 

THIS SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the Effective Date set forth above (the “ Signing Date ”) between the Secretary of the Treasury (“ Treasury ”) and the Company named above (the “ Company ”), an entity existing under the laws of the Jurisdiction of Organization stated above in the Organizational Form stated above.  The Company has elected to participate in Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program (“ SBLF ”).  This Agreement contains the terms and conditions on which the Company intends to issue preferred stock to Treasury, which Treasury will purchase using SBLF funds.

 

This Agreement consists of the following attached parts, all of which together constitute the entire agreement of Treasury and the Company (the “ Parties ”) with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior written and oral agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter:

 

Annex A:

Information Specific to the Company and the Investment

Annex B:

Definitions

Annex C:

General Terms and Conditions

Annex D:

Disclosure Schedule

Annex E:

Registration Rights

Annex F:

Form of Certificate of Designation

Annex G:

Form of Officer’s Certificate

Annex H:

Form of Supplemental Reports

Annex I:

Form of Annual Certification

Annex J:

Form of Opinion

Annex K:

Form of Repayment Document

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each being deemed to be an original instrument, and all of which will together constitute the same agreement.  Executed signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic mail attachment.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto as of the Effective Date.

 

THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

 

By:

/s/ Don Graves

 

By:

/s/ Richard A. McCarty

Name:

Don Graves

Name:

Richard A. McCarty

Title:

Deputy Assistant Secretary

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 

Signature Page- SBLF  Securities Purchase Agreement — Oak Valley Bancorp

 



 

ANNEX A

INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THE COMPANY AND THE INVESTMENT

 

Purchase Information

 

Terms of the Purchase:

 

 

 

 

 

Series of Preferred Stock Purchased:

 

Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B

 

 

 

Per Share Liquidation Preference of Preferred Stock:

 

$1,000 per share

 

 

 

Number of Shares of Preferred Stock Purchased:

 

13,500

 

 

 

Dividend Payment Dates on the Preferred Stock:

 

Payable quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year.

 

 

 

Purchase Price:

 

$13,500,000

 

 

 

Closing:

 

 

 

 

 

Location of Closing:

 

Virtual

 

 

 

Time of Closing:

 

10:00 a.m. (EST)

 

 

 

Date of Closing:

 

August 11, 2011

 

Redemption Information

( Only complete if the Company was a CPP or CDCI participant; leave blank otherwise. )

 

Prior Program:

 

x     CPP

 

o      CDCI

 

 

 

Series of Previously Acquired Preferred Stock:

 

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A

 

 

 

Number of Shares of Previously Acquired Preferred Stock:

 

13,500

 

 

 

Repayment Amount:

 

$13,500,000

 

1



 

Residual Amount:

 

$0

 

Matching Private Investment Information

 

Treasury investment is contingent on the Company raising Matching Private Investment (check one):

 

If Yes, complete the following (leave blank otherwise) :

 

o     Yes

x     No

 

 

 

Aggregate Dollar Amount of Matching Private Investment Required:

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate Dollar Amount of Matching Private Investment Received:

 

 

 

 

 

Class of securities representing Matching Private Investment:

 

 

 

 

 

Date of issuance of Matching Private Investment:

 

 

 

2



 

ANNEX B

DEFINITIONS

 

1.              Definitions.   Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

 

Application Date ” means the date of the Company’s completed application to participate in SBLF.

 

Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Company or such Company Subsidiaries, as applicable, as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)).  The Appropriate Federal Banking Agency is identified on the cover page of this Agreement.

 

Appropriate State Banking Agency ” means, if the Company is a State-chartered bank, the Company’s State bank supervisor (as defined in Section 3(r) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(q).

 

Bank Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Federal Reserve pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Federal Reserve promulgated thereunder.

 

Call Report ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4102(4) of the SBJA.  If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:  (a) the term “Call Report” shall mean the Call Report(s) (as defined in Section 4102(4) of the SBJA) of the IDI Subsidiary(ies); and (b) if there are multiple IDI Subsidiaries, all references herein or in any document executed or delivered in connection herewith (including the Certificate of Designation, the Initial Supplemental Report and all Quarterly Supplemental Reports) to any data reported in a Call Report shall refer to the aggregate of such data across the Call Reports for all such IDI Subsidiaries.

 

CDCI ” means the Community Development Capital Initiative, as authorized under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, results of operation or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided , however , that Company Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include the effects of (A) changes after the Signing Date in general

 

1



 

business, economic or market conditions (including changes generally in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities or credit markets), or any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism, in each case generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate, (B) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in GAAP, or authoritative interpretations thereof, or (C) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in securities, banking and other laws of general applicability or related policies or interpretations of Governmental Entities (in the case of each of these clauses (A), (B) and (C), other than changes or occurrences to the extent that such changes or occurrences have or would reasonably be expected to have a materially disproportionate adverse effect on the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole relative to comparable U.S. banking or financial services organizations); or (ii) the ability of the Company to consummate the Purchase and other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder and under the Certificate of Designation on a timely basis and declare and pay dividends on the Dividend Payment Dates set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

CPP ” means the Capital Purchase Program, as authorized under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

Disclosure Schedule” means that certain schedule to this Agreement delivered to Treasury on or prior to the Signing Date, setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof.  The Disclosure Schedule is contained in Annex D of this Agreement.

 

Executive Officers ” means the Company’s “executive officers” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(e)(1) (regardless of whether or not such regulation is applicable to the Company).

 

Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

General Terms and Conditions ” and “ General T&C ” each mean Annex C of this Agreement.

 

IDI Subsidiary ” means any Company Subsidiary that is an insured depository institution.

 

Junior Stock ” means Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Company the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend and redemption rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

knowledge of the Company ” or “ Company’s knowledge ” means the actual knowledge after reasonable and due inquiry of the “ officers ” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-2 under the Exchange Act) of the Company.

 

2



 

Matching Private Investment-Supported, ” when used to describe the Company (if applicable), means the Company’s eligibility for participation in the SBLF program is conditioned upon the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acceptable to Treasury receiving Matching Private Investment, as contemplated by Section 4103(d)(3)(B) of the SBJA.

 

Original Letter Agreement ” means, if applicable, the Letter Agreement (and all terms incorporated therein) pursuant to which Treasury purchased from the Company, and the Company issued to Treasury, the Previously Acquired Preferred Shares (or warrants exercised to acquire the Previously Acquired Preferred Shares or the securities exchanged for the Previously Acquired Preferred Stock).

 

Oversight Officials ” means, interchangeably and collectively as context requires, the Special Deputy Inspector General for SBLF Program Oversight, the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury, and the Comptroller General of the United States.

 

Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).

 

Preferred Shares ” means the number of shares of Preferred Stock identified in the “Purchase Information” section of Annex A opposite “Number of Shares of Preferred Stock Purchased.”

 

Preferred Stock ” means the series of the Company’s preferred stock identified in the “Purchase Information” section of Annex A opposite “Series of Preferred Stock Purchased.”

 

“Previously Acquired Preferred Shares ” means, if the Company participated in CPP or CDCI, the number of shares of Previously Acquired Preferred Stock identified in the “Redemption Information” section of Annex A opposite “Number of Shares of Previously Acquired Preferred Stock.”

 

Previously Acquired Preferred Stock ” means, if the Company participated in CPP or CDCI, the series of the Company’s preferred stock identified in the “Redemption Information” section of Annex A opposite “Series of Previously Acquired Preferred Stock.”

 

Previously Disclosed ” means information set forth on the Disclosure Schedule or the Disclosure Update, as applicable; provided , however , that disclosure in any section of such Disclosure Schedule or Disclosure Update, as applicable, shall apply only to the indicated section of this Agreement; provided , further , that the existence of Previously Disclosed information, pursuant to a Disclosure Update, shall neither obligate Treasury to consummate the Purchase nor limit or affect any rights of or remedies available to Treasury.

 

Prior Program ” means (a) CPP, if the Company is a participant in CPP immediately prior to the Closing, or (b) CDCI, if the Company is a participant in CDCI immediately prior to the Closing.

 

3



 

Publicly-traded ” means a company that (i) has a class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange and (ii) is required to file periodic reports with either the Securities and Exchange Commission or its primary federal bank regulator.

 

Purchase ” means the purchase of the Preferred Shares by Treasury from the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Repayment ” has the meaning set forth in the Repayment Document.

 

Repayment Amount ” means, if the Company participated in CPP or CDCI, the aggregate amount payable by the Company as of the Closing Date to redeem the Previously Acquired Preferred Stock in accordance with its terms, which amount is set forth in the “Redemption Information” section of Annex A .

 

Savings and Loan Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision or any successor thereto pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1467(a) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

 

SBJA ” means the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof.

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem , transfer or excise tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty or addition imposed by any Governmental Entity.

 

Total Assets ” means, with respect to an insured depository institution, the total assets of such insured depository institution.

 

Total Risk-Weighted Assets ” means, with respect to an insured depository institution, the risk-weighted assets of such insured depository institution.

 

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the Repayment Document.

 

2.              Index of Definitions .  The following table, which is provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement, identifies the location where capitalized terms are defined in this Agreement:

 

4



 

 

 

Location of

Term

 

Definition

Affiliate

 

Annex B, §1

Agreement

 

Cover Page

Appropriate Federal Banking Agency

 

Annex B, §1

Appropriate State Banking Agency

 

Annex B, §1

Bank Holding Company

 

Annex B, §1

Bankruptcy Exceptions

 

General T&C, §2.5(a)

Board of Directors

 

General T&C, §2.6

Business Combination

 

General T&C, §5.8

business day

 

General T&C, §5.12

Call Report

 

Annex B, §1

Capitalization Date

 

General T&C, §2.2

CDCI

 

Annex B, §1

Certificate of Designation

 

General T&C, §1.3(d)

Charter

 

General T&C, §1.3(d)

Closing

 

General T&C, §1.2(a)

Closing Date

 

General T&C, §1.2(a)

Closing Deadline

 

General T&C, §5.1(a)(i)

Code

 

General T&C, §2.14

Common Stock

 

General T&C, §2.2

Company

 

Cover Page

Company Financial Statements

 

General T&C, §1.3(i)

Company Material Adverse Effect

 

Annex B, §1

Company Reports

 

General T&C, §2.9

Company Subsidiary; Company Subsidiaries

 

General T&C, §2.5(b)

control; controlled by; under common control with

 

Annex B, §1

CPP

 

Annex B, §1

Disclosure Schedule

 

Annex B, §1

Disclosure Update

 

General T&C, §1.3(h)

ERISA

 

General T&C, §2.14

Exchange Act

 

General T&C, §4.3

Federal Reserve

 

Annex B, §1

GAAP

 

Annex B, §1

Governmental Entities

 

General T&C, §1.3(a)

Holders

 

General T&C, §4.4(a)

Indemnitee

 

General T&C, §4.4(b)

Information

 

General T&C, §3.1(c)(iii)

Initial Supplemental Report

 

General T&C, §1.3(j)

Treasury

 

Cover Page

Junior Stock

 

Annex B, §1

knowledge of the Company; Company’s knowledge

 

Annex B, §1

Matching Private Investment

 

General T&C, §1.3(l)

Matching Private Investment-Supported

 

Annex B, § 1

Matching Private Investors

 

General T&C, §1.3(l)

officers

 

Annex B, §1

 

5



 

Parity Stock

 

Annex B, §1

Parties

 

Cover Page

Plan

 

General T&C, §2.14

Preferred Shares

 

Annex B, §1

Preferred Stock

 

Annex B, §1

Previously Acquired Preferred Shares

 

Annex B, §1

Previously Acquired Preferred Stock

 

Annex B, §1

Previously Disclosed

 

Annex B, §1

Prior Program

 

General T&C, §1.2(c)

Proprietary Rights

 

General T&C, §2.21

Purchase

 

Annex B, §1

Purchase Price

 

General T&C, §1.1(a)

Regulatory Agreement

 

General T&C, §2.19

Related Party

 

General T&C, §2.25

Repayment Document

 

General T&C, §1.2(b)(ii)(E)

Residual Amount

 

General T&C, §1.2(b)(ii)(B)

Savings and Loan Holding Company

 

Annex B, §1

SBJA

 

Annex B, §1

SBLF

 

Cover Page

SEC

 

General T&C, §2.11

Securities Act

 

General T&C, §2.1

Signing Date

 

Cover Page

subsidiary

 

Annex B, §1

Quarterly Supplemental Report

 

General T&C, §3.1(d)(i)

Tax; Taxes

 

Annex B, §1

Transfer

 

General T&C, §4.3

 

3.              Defined Terms in Annex K .  Except for defined terms in Annex K that are expressly cross-referenced in another part of this Agreement, terms defined in Annex K are defined therein solely for purposes of Annex K and are not applicable to other parts of this Agreement.

 

6



 

ANNEX C

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

CONTENTS OF GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE; CLOSING

3

 

 

 

 

1.1

Purchase

3

 

1.2

Closing

3

 

1.3

Closing Conditions

4

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6

 

 

 

 

2.1

Organization, Authority and Significant Subsidiaries

6

 

2.2

Capitalization

6

 

2.3

Preferred Shares

7

 

2.4

Compliance With Identity Verification Requirements

7

 

2.5

Authorization; Enforceability

8

 

2.6

Anti-takeover Provisions and Rights Plan

9

 

2.7

No Company Material Adverse Effect

9

 

2.8

Company Financial Statements

9

 

2.9

Reports

9

 

2.10

No Undisclosed Liabilities

10

 

2.11

Offering of Securities

10

 

2.12

Litigation and Other Proceedings

10

 

2.13

Compliance with Laws

10

 

2.14

Employee Benefit Matters

11

 

2.15

Taxes

12

 

2.16

Properties and Leases

12

 

2.17

Environmental Liability

12

 

2.18

Risk Management Instruments

12

 

2.19

Agreements with Regulatory Agencies

13

 

2.20

Insurance

13

 

2.21

Intellectual Property

13

 

2.22

Brokers and Finders

14

 

2.23

Disclosure Schedule

14

 

2.24

Previously Acquired Preferred Shares

14

 

2.25

Related Party Transactions

14

 

2.26

Ability to Pay Dividends

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

15

 

 

 

 

3.1

Affirmative Covenants

15

 

3.2

Negative Covenants

20

 

1



 

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

21

 

 

 

 

4.1

Purchase for Investment

21

 

4.2

Legends

21

 

4.3

Transfer of Preferred Shares

23

 

4.4

Rule 144; Rule 144A; 4(1½) Transactions

23

 

4.5

Depositary Shares

24

 

4.6

Expenses and Further Assurances

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

25

 

 

 

 

5.1

Termination

25

 

5.2

Survival

26

 

5.3

Amendment

26

 

5.4

Waiver of Conditions

26

 

5.5

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; etc.

26

 

5.6

No Relationship to TARP

27

 

5.7

Notices

27

 

5.8

Assignment

27

 

5.9

Severability

28

 

5.10

No Third Party Beneficiaries

28

 

5.11

Specific Performance

28

 

5.12

Interpretation

28

 

2



 

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE; CLOSING

 

1.1            Purchase.   On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to Treasury, and Treasury agrees to purchase from the Company, at the Closing, the Preferred Shares for the aggregate price set forth on Annex A (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

1.2            Closing.   (a)  On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the Purchase (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the location specified in Annex A , at the time and on the date set forth in Annex A or as soon as practicable thereafter, or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed between the Company and Treasury.  The time and date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.

 

(b)            Subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions to the Closing in Section 1.3, at the Closing:

 

(i)             if Treasury holds Previously Acquired Preferred Shares:

 

(A)           the Purchase Price shall first be applied to pay the Repayment Amount;

 

(B)           if the Purchase Price is less than the Repayment Amount, the Company shall pay the positive difference (if any) between the Repayment Amount and the Purchase Price (a “ Residual Amount ”) to Treasury’s Office of Financial Stability by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to an account designated in writing by Treasury; and

 

(C)           upon receipt of the full Repayment Amount (by application of the Purchase Price and, if applicable, the Company’s payment of the Residual Amount), Treasury and the Company will consummate the Repayment;

 

(D)           the Company will deliver to Treasury a statement of adjustment as contemplated by Section 13(J) of the Warrant; and

 

(E)            the Company and Treasury will execute and deliver a properly completed repurchase document in the form attached hereto as Annex K , (the “ Repayment Document ”).

 

(ii)            the Company will deliver the Preferred Shares as evidenced by one or more certificates dated the Closing Date and bearing appropriate legends as hereinafter provided for, in exchange for payment in full of the Purchase Price by application of the Purchase Price to the Repayment and by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to a bank account designated by the Company in the Initial Supplemental Report, as applicable.

 

3



 

1.3            Closing Conditions. The obligation of Treasury to consummate the Purchase is subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by Treasury) at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)            (i) any approvals or authorizations of all United States federal, state, local, foreign and other governmental, regulatory or judicial authorities (collectively, “ Governmental Entities ”) required for the consummation of the Purchase shall have been obtained or made in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each party and shall be in full force and effect and all waiting periods required by United States and other applicable law, if any, shall have expired and (ii) no provision of any applicable United States or other law and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any Governmental Entity shall prohibit the purchase and sale of the Preferred Shares as contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(b)            (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in (A) Sections 2.7and 2.26 shall be true and correct in all respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date; (B) Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.19, 2.22, 2.23, 2.24 and 2.25 shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date); and (C) Sections 2.8 through 2.18 and Sections 2.20 through 2.21 (disregarding all qualifications or limitations set forth in such representations and warranties as to “materiality”, “Company Material Adverse Effect” and words of similar import) shall be true and correct as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such other date), except to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties referred to in this Section 1.3(b)(i)(C) to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, does not have and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) the Company shall have performed in all respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;

 

(c)            the Company shall have delivered to Treasury a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Executive Officer certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 1.3(b) have been satisfied, in substantially the form of Annex G ;

 

(d)            the Company shall have duly adopted and filed with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or other applicable Governmental Entity an amendment to its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document (“ Charter ”) in substantially the form of Annex F (the “ Certificate of Designation ”) and the Company shall have delivered to Treasury a copy of the filed Certificate of Designation with appropriate evidence from the Secretary of State or other applicable Governmental Entity that the filing has been accepted, or if a filed copy is unavailable, a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Executive Officer certifying to the effect that the filing of the Certificate of Designation has been accepted, in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex F ;

 

4



 

(e)            the Company shall have delivered to Treasury true, complete and correct certified copies of the Charter and bylaws of the Company;

 

(f)             the Company shall have delivered to Treasury a written opinion from counsel to the Company (which may be internal counsel), addressed to Treasury and dated as of the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Annex J ;

 

(g)            the Company shall have delivered certificates in proper form or, with the prior consent of Treasury, evidence of shares in book-entry form, evidencing the Preferred Shares to Treasury or its designee(s);

 

(h)            the Company shall have delivered to Treasury a copy of the Disclosure Schedule on or prior to the Signing Date and, to the extent that any information set forth on the Disclosure Schedule needs to be updated or supplemented to make it true, complete and correct as of the Closing Date, (i) the Company shall have delivered to Treasury an update to the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Disclosure Update ”), setting forth any information necessary to make the Disclosure Schedule true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date and (ii) Treasury, in its sole discretion, shall have approved the Disclosure Update, provided , however , that the delivery and acceptance of the Disclosure Update shall not limit or affect any rights of or remedies available to Treasury;

 

(i)             the Company shall have delivered to Treasury on or prior to the Signing Date each of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for each of the last three completed fiscal years of the Company (which shall be audited to the extent audited financial statements are available prior to the Signing Date) (together with the Call Reports filed by the Company or the IDI Subsidiary(ies) for each completed quarterly period since the last completed fiscal year, the “ Company Financial Statements ”);

 

(j)             the Company shall have delivered to Treasury, not later than five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, a certificate (the “ Initial Supplemental Report ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex H setting forth a complete and accurate statement of loans held by the Company (or if the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, by the IDI Subsidiary(ies)) in each of the categories described therein, for the time periods specified therein, (A) including a signed certification of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and all directors or trustees of the Company or the IDI Subsidiary(ies) who attested to the Call Reports for the quarters covered by such certificate, that such certificate (x) has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by Treasury and (y) is true and correct to the best of their knowledge and belief; and (B) completed for the last full calendar quarter prior to the Closing Date and the four (4) quarters ended September 30, 2009, December 31, 2009, March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010;

 

(k)            prior to the Signing Date, the Company shall have delivered to Treasury, the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency and, if the Company is a State-chartered bank, the Appropriate State Banking Agency, a small business lending plan describing how the Company’s business strategy and operating goals will allow it to

 

5



 

address the needs of small businesses in the area it serves, as well as a plan to provide linguistically and culturally appropriate outreach, where appropriate; and

 

(l)             if the Company is Matching Private Investment-Supported, on or after September 27, 2010 the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acceptable to Treasury shall (i) have received equity capital (“ Matching Private Investment ”) from one or more non-governmental investors (“ Matching Private Investors ”) (A) in an amount equal to or greater than the Aggregate Dollar Amount of Matching Private Investment Required set forth on Annex A (net of all dividends paid with respect to, and all repurchases and redemptions of, the Company’s equity securities), (B) that is subordinate in right of payment of dividends, liquidation preference and redemption rights to the Preferred Shares and (C) that is acceptable in form and substance to Treasury, in its sole discretion and (ii) have satisfied the following requirements reasonably in advance of the Closing Date: (A) delivery of copies of the definitive documentation for the Matching Private Investment to Treasury, (B) delivery of the organizational charts of such non-governmental investors to Treasury, each certified by the applicable non-governmental investor and demonstrating that such non-governmental investor is not an Affiliate of the Company, (C) delivery of any other documents or information as Treasury may reasonably request, in its sole discretion and (D) any other terms and conditions imposed by Treasury or the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, in their sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Company represents and warrants to Treasury that as of the Signing Date and as of the Closing Date (or such other date specified herein):

 

2.1           Organization, Authority and Significant Subsidiaries.   The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with the necessary power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and conduct its business as it is being currently conducted, and except as has not, individually or in the aggregate, had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification; each subsidiary of the Company that would be considered a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  The Charter and bylaws of the Company, copies of which have been provided to Treasury prior to the Signing Date, are true, complete and correct copies of such documents as in full force and effect as of the Signing Date and as of the Closing Date.

 

2.2           Capitalization.   The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and subject to no preemptive or similar rights (and were not issued in violation of any

 

6



 

preemptive rights). As of the Signing Date, the Company does not have outstanding any securities or other obligations providing the holder the right to acquire its common stock (“ Common Stock ”) or other capital stock that is not reserved for issuance as specified in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, and the Company has not made any other commitment to authorize, issue or sell any Common Stock or other capital stock.  Since the last day of the fiscal period covered by the last Call Report filed by the Company or the IDI Subsidiary(ies) prior to the Application Date(the “ Capitalization Date ”), the Company has not (a) declared, and has no present intention of declaring, any dividends on its Common Stock in a per-share amount greater than the per-share amount of declared dividends that are reflected in such Call Report; (b) declared, and has no present intention of declaring (except as contemplated by the Certificate of Designation) any dividends on any of its preferred stock in a per-share amount greater than the per-share amount of declared dividends that are reflected in such Call Report; or (c) issued any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock, other than (i) shares issued upon the exercise of stock options or delivered under other equity-based awards or other convertible securities or warrants which were issued and outstanding on the Capitalization Date and disclosed in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) shares disclosed in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, and (iii) if the Company is Matching Private Investment-Supported, shares or other capital stock representing Matching Private Investment disclosed in the “Matching Private Investment” section of Annex A .  Except as disclosed in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has no agreements providing for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange of any capital stock of the Company for Common Stock.  Each holder of 5% or more of any class of capital stock of the Company and such holder’s primary address are set forth in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule.  The Company has received a representation from each Matching Private Investor that such Matching Private Investor has not received or applied for any investment from the SBLF, and the Company has no reason to believe that any such representation is inaccurate.  If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, (x) the percentage of each IDI Subsidiary’s issued and outstanding capital stock that is owned by the Company is set forth on Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule; and (y) all shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the IDI Subsidiary(ies) owned by the Company are free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges or encumbrances.  Since the Application Date, there has been no change in the organizational hierarchy information regarding the Company that was available on the Application Date from the National Information Center of the Federal Reserve System.

 

2.3           Preferred Shares.   The Preferred Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, such Preferred Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of preferred stock, whether or not designated, issued or outstanding, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

 

2.4           Compliance with Identity Verification Requirements. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries (to the extent such regulations are applicable to the Company Subsidiaries) are in compliance with the requirements of Section 103.121 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations.

 

7



 

2.5           Authorization, Enforceability.

 

(a)            The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder (which includes the issuance of the Preferred Shares).  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and its stockholders, and no further approval or authorization is required on the part of the Company.  This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to any limitations of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity (“ Bankruptcy Exceptions ”).

 

(b)            The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance by the Company with the provisions hereof, will not (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (each subsidiary, a “ Company Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Company Subsidiaries ”) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (A) its organizational documents or (B) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any Company Subsidiary may be bound, or to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary may be subject, or (ii) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets except, in the case of clauses (i)(B) and (ii), for those occurrences that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Other than the filing of the Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or other applicable Governmental Entity, such filings and approvals as are required to be made or obtained under any state “blue sky” laws and such as have been made or obtained, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity is required to be made or obtained by the Company in connection with the consummation by the Company of the Purchase except for any such notices, filings, exemptions, reviews, authorizations, consents and approvals the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

8



 

2.6           Anti-takeover Provisions and Rights Plan.   The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) has taken all necessary action to ensure that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will be exempt from any anti-takeover or similar provisions of the Company’s Charter and bylaws, and any other provisions of any applicable “moratorium”, “control share”, “fair price”, “interested stockholder” or other anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction.

 

2.7           No Company Material Adverse Effect.   Since the last day of the fiscal period covered by the last Call Report filed by the Company or the IDI Subsidiary(ies) prior to the Application Date, no fact, circumstance, event, change, occurrence, condition or development has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.8           Company Financial Statements.   The Company Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of their operations for the periods specified therein; and except as stated therein, such financial statements (a) were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except as may be noted therein) and (b) have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

 

2.9           Reports.

 

(a)            Since December 31, 2007, the Company and each Company Subsidiary has filed all reports, registrations, documents, filings, statements and submissions, together with any amendments thereto, that it was required to file with any Governmental Entity (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Company Reports ”) and has paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  As of their respective dates of filing, the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all statutes and applicable rules and regulations of the applicable Governmental Entities.

 

(b)            The records, systems, controls, data and information of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries are recorded, stored, maintained and operated under means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) that are under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries or their accountants (including all means of access thereto and therefrom), except for any non-exclusive ownership and non-direct control that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the system of internal accounting controls described below in this Section 2.9(b).  The Company (i) has implemented and maintains adequate disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including the consolidated Company Subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company by others within those entities, and (ii) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the Signing Date, to the Company’s outside auditors and the audit

 

9



 

committee of the Board of Directors (A) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

2.10         No Undisclosed Liabilities.   Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) which are not properly reflected in the Company Financial Statements to the extent required to be so reflected and, if applicable, reserved against in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except for (a) liabilities that have arisen since the last fiscal year end in the ordinary and usual course of business and consistent with past practice and (b) liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.11         Offering of Securities.   Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken any action (including any offering of any securities of the Company under circumstances which would require the integration of such offering with the offering of any of the Preferred Shares under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) promulgated thereunder), which might subject the offering, issuance or sale of any of the Preferred Shares to Treasury pursuant to this Agreement to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

2.12         Litigation and Other Proceedings.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, there is no (a) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, against the Company or any Company Subsidiary or to which any of their assets are subject nor is the Company or any Company Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree or (b) unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Entity with respect to any report or relating to any examinations or inspections of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries.  There is no claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any institution-affiliated party (as defined in 12 U.S.C. §1813(u)) of the Company or any of the IDI Subsidiaries that, if determined or resolved in a manner adverse to such institution-affiliated party, could result in such institution-affiliated party being prohibited from participation in the conduct of the affairs of any financial institution or holding company of any financial institution and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances could reasonably be expected to provide a basis for any such claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding.

 

2.13         Compliance with Laws.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, franchises, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted

 

10



 

and that are material to the business of the Company or such Company Subsidiary.  Except as set forth in Part 2.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have complied in all respects and are not in default or violation of, and none of them is, to the knowledge of the Company, under investigation with respect to or, to the knowledge of the Company, have been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any violation of, any applicable domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign law, statute, ordinance, license, rule, regulation, policy or guideline, order, demand, writ, injunction, decree or judgment of any Governmental Entity, other than such noncompliance, defaults or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Except for statutory or regulatory restrictions of general application, no Governmental Entity has placed any restriction on the business or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.14         Employee Benefit Matters.   Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) providing benefits to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any member of its “ Controlled Group ” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any member of its Controlled Group and for which the Company or any member of its Controlled Group would have any liability, whether actual or contingent (each, a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code; (b) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (including, for purposes of this clause (b), any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA that the Company or any member of its Controlled Group previously maintained or contributed to in the six years prior to the Signing Date), (1) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA), other than a reportable event for which the notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, has occurred in the three years prior to the Signing Date or is reasonably expected to occur, (2) no “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, has occurred in the three years prior to the Signing Date or is reasonably expected to occur, (3) the fair market value of the assets under each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on the assumptions used to fund such Plan) and (4) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred in the six years prior to the Signing Date, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA); and (c) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its qualified status that has not been revoked, or such a determination letter has been timely applied for but not received by the Signing Date, and nothing has occurred, whether

 

11



 

by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss, revocation or denial of such qualified status or favorable determination letter.

 

2.15         Taxes.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise Tax returns (together with any schedules and attached thereto) required to be filed through the Signing Date, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all Taxes due thereon, (b) all such Tax returns (together with any schedules and attached thereto) are true, complete and correct in all material respects and were prepared in compliance with all applicable laws and (c) no Tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, nor does the Company have any knowledge of any Tax deficiencies.

 

2.16         Properties and Leases.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens (including, without limitation, liens for Taxes), encumbrances, claims and defects that would affect the value thereof or interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.  Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries hold all leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

 

2.17         Environmental Liability.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)            there is no legal, administrative, or other proceeding, claim or action of any nature seeking to impose, or that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of, on the Company or any Company Subsidiary, any liability relating to the release of hazardous substances as defined under any local, state or federal environmental statute, regulation or ordinance, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any Company Subsidiary;

 

(b)            to the Company’s knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for any such proceeding, claim or action; and

 

(c)            neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any agreement, order, judgment or decree by or with any court, Governmental Entity or third party imposing any such environmental liability.

 

2.18         Risk Management Instruments.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, all derivative instruments, including, swaps, caps, floors and option agreements, whether entered into for the Company’s own account, or for the account of one or more of the Company Subsidiaries or its or their customers, were entered into (i) only in the ordinary

 

12



 

course of business, (ii) in accordance with prudent practices and in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and regulatory policies and (iii) with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time; and each of such instruments constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company or one of the Company Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions.  Neither the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its obligations under any such agreement or arrangement other than such breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.19         Agreements with Regulatory Agencies.   Except as set forth in Part 2.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any cease-and-desist or other similar order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any capital directive by, or since December 31, 2007, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Governmental Entity that currently restricts the conduct of its business or that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies or procedures, its internal controls, its management or its operations or business (each item in this sentence, a “ Regulatory Agreement ”), nor has the Company or any Company Subsidiary been advised since December 31, 2007, by any such Governmental Entity that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering, or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement.  The Company and each Company Subsidiary is in compliance with each Regulatory Agreement to which it is party or subject, and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any notice from any Governmental Entity indicating that either the Company or any Company Subsidiary is not in compliance with any such Regulatory Agreement.

 

2.20         Insurance.   The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are insured with reputable insurers against such risks and in such amounts as the management of the Company reasonably has determined to be prudent and consistent with industry practice.  The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are in material compliance with their insurance policies and are not in default under any of the material terms thereof, each such policy is outstanding and in full force and effect, all premiums and other payments due under any material policy have been paid, and all claims thereunder have been filed in due and timely fashion, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.21         Intellectual Property.   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and each Company Subsidiary owns or otherwise has the right to use, all intellectual property rights, including all trademarks, trade dress, trade names, service marks, domain names, patents, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, works of authorship and copyrights therein, that are used in the conduct of their existing businesses and all rights relating to the plans, design and specifications of any of its branch facilities (“ Proprietary Rights ”) free and clear

 

13



 

of all liens and any claims of ownership by current or former employees, contractors, designers or others and (ii) neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is materially infringing, diluting, misappropriating or violating, nor has the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries received any written (or, to the knowledge of the Company, oral) communications alleging that any of them has materially infringed, diluted, misappropriated or violated, any of the Proprietary Rights owned by any other person.  Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the Company’s knowledge, no other person is infringing, diluting, misappropriating or violating, nor has the Company or any or the Company Subsidiaries sent any written communications since December 31, 2007, alleging that any person has infringed, diluted, misappropriated or violated, any of the Proprietary Rights owned by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

 

2.22         Brokers and Finders.   Treasury has no liability for any amounts that any broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to for any financial advisory, brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

2.23         Disclosure Schedule.   The Company has delivered the Disclosure Schedule and, if applicable, the Disclosure Update to Treasury and the information contained in the Disclosure Schedule, as modified by the information contained in the Disclosure Update, if applicable, is true, complete and correct.

 

2.24         Previously Acquired Preferred Shares.   If Treasury holds Previously Acquired Preferred Shares:

 

(a)            The Company has not breached any representation, warranty or covenant set forth in the Original Letter Agreement or any of the other documents governing the Previously Acquired Preferred Stock.

 

(b)            The Company has paid to Treasury: (i) if the Previously Acquired Preferred Stock is cumulative, all accrued and unpaid dividends and/or interest then due on the Previously Acquired Preferred Stock; or (ii) if the Previously Acquired Preferred Stock is non-cumulative, all unpaid dividends and/or interest due on the Previously Acquired Preferred Shares for the fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date plus the accrued and unpaid dividends and/or interest due on the Previously Acquired Preferred Shares as of the Closing Date for the fiscal quarter in which the Closing shall occur.

 

2.25         Related Party Transactions.   Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has made any extension of credit to any director or Executive Officer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, any holder of 5% or more of the Company’s issued and outstanding capital stock, or any of their respective spouses or children or to any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (each, a “ Related Party ”), other than in compliance with 12 C.F.R Part 215 (Regulation O).  Except as set forth in Part 2.25 of the Disclosure Schedule, to the Company’s knowledge, no Related Party has any (i) material commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable or familial relationship with any vendor

 

14



 

or material customer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that is not on arms-length terms, or (ii) direct or indirect ownership interest in any person or entity with which the Company or any Company Subsidiary has a material business relationship that is not on arms-length terms (not including Publicly-traded entities in which such person owns less than two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock).

 

2.26         Ability to Pay Dividends.   The Company has all permits, licenses, franchises, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and has made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities and third parties that are required in order to permit the Company to declare and pay dividends on the Preferred Shares on the Dividend Payment Dates set forth in the Certificate of Designation.

 

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

 

3.1           Affirmative Covenants.  The Company hereby covenants and agrees with Treasury that:

 

(a)            Commercially Reasonable Efforts .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties will use its commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the Purchase as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party to that end.

 

(b)            Certain Notifications until Closing .  From the Signing Date until the Closing, the Company shall promptly notify Treasury of (i) any fact, event or circumstance of which it is aware and which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or to cause any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement not to be complied with or satisfied in any material respect and (ii) except as Previously Disclosed, any fact, circumstance, event, change, occurrence, condition or development of which the Company is aware and which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) shall not limit or affect any rights of or remedies available to Treasury.

 

(c)            Access, Information and Confidentiality .

 

(i)             From the Signing Date until the date on which all of the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole, the Company will permit, and shall cause each of the Company’s Subsidiaries to permit, Treasury, the Oversight Officials and their respective agents, consultants, contractors and advisors to (x) examine any books, papers, records, Tax returns (including all schedules attached thereto), data and other information;(y) make copies thereof; and (z) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of

 

15



 

the Company and the Company Subsidiaries with the personnel of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, all upon reasonable notice; provided , that:

 

(A)         any examinations and discussions pursuant to this Section 3.1(c)(i) shall be conducted during normal business hours and in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of the Company;

 

(B)         neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall be required by this Section 3.1(c)(i) to disclose any information to the extent (x)prohibited by applicable law or regulation, or (y) that such disclosure would reasonably be expected to cause a violation of any agreement to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or would cause a risk of a loss of privilege to the Company or any Company Subsidiary ( provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances where the restrictions in this clause (B) apply);

 

(C)         the obligations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries to disclose information pursuant to this Section 3.1(c)(i) to any Oversight Official or any agent, consultant, contractor and advisor thereof, such Oversight Official shall have agreed, with respect to documents obtained under this Section 3.1(c)(i), to follow applicable law and regulation (and the applicable customary policies and procedures) regarding the dissemination of confidential materials, including redacting confidential information from the public version of its reports and soliciting input from the Company as to information that should be afforded confidentiality, as appropriate; and

 

(D)         for avoidance of doubt, such examinations and discussions may, at Treasury’s option, be conducted on site at any office of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

(ii)            From the Signing Date until the date on which all of the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole, the Company will deliver, or will cause to be delivered, to Treasury:

 

(A)         as soon as available after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company for such year, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP applied

 

16



 

on a consistent basis and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year of the Company and which shall be audited to the extent audited financial statements are available;

 

(B)         as soon as available after the end of the first, second and third quarterly periods in each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of any quarterly reports provided to other stockholders of the Company or Company management by the Company;

 

(C)         as soon as available after the Company receives any assessment of the Company’s internal controls, a copy of such assessment (other than assessments provided by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency or the Appropriate State Banking Agency that the Company is prohibited by applicable law or regulation from disclosing to Treasury);

 

(D)         annually on a date specified by Treasury, a completed survey, in a form specified by Treasury, providing, among other things, a description of how the Company has utilized the funds the Company received hereunder in connection with the sale of the Preferred Shares and the effects of such funds on the operations and status of the Company;

 

(E)         as soon as such items become effective, any amendments to the Charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company; and

 

(F)         at the same time as such items are sent to any stockholders of the Company, copies of any information or documents sent by the Company to its stockholders.

 

(iii)          Treasury will use reasonable best efforts to hold, and will use reasonable best efforts to cause its agents, consultants, contractors and advisors and United States executive branch officials and employees, to hold, in confidence all non-public records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) concerning the Company furnished or made available to it by the Company or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (A) previously known by such party on a non-confidential basis, (B) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (C) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the party to which it was furnished (and without violation of any other confidentiality obligation)); provided that nothing herein shall prevent Treasury from disclosing any Information to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process.  Treasury understands that the Information may contain commercially sensitive confidential information entitled to an exception from a Freedom of Information Act request.

 

17



 

(iv)           Treasury’s information rights pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(ii)(A), (B), (C), (E) and (F) and Treasury’s right to receive certifications from the Company pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(i) may be assigned by Treasury to a transferee or assignee of the Preferred Shares with a liquidation preference of no less than an amount equal to 2% of the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares.

 

(v)             Nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit the authority that any Oversight Official or any other applicable regulatory authority has under law.

 

(vi)           The Company shall provide to Treasury all such information as Treasury may request from time to time for the purpose of carrying out the study required by Section 4112 of the SBJA.

 

(d)            Quarterly Supplemental Reports and Annual Certifications .

 

(i)             Concurrently with the submission of Call Reports by the Company or the IDI Subsidiary(ies) (as the case may be) for each quarter ending after the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Treasury a certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex H setting forth a complete and accurate statement of loans held by the Company in each of the categories described therein, for the time periods specified therein, (A) including a signed certification of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and all directors or trustees of the Company or the IDI Subsidiary(ies) who attested to the Call Report for the quarter covered by such certificate, that such certificate (x) has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by Treasury and (y) is true and correct to the best of their knowledge and belief; (B) completed for such quarter (each, a “ Quarterly Supplemental Report ”).

 

(ii)            Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company during which the Initial Supplemental Report is submitted pursuant to Section 1.3(j) or the first ten (10) Quarterly Supplemental Reports are submitted pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(i), the Company shall deliver to Treasury a certification from the Company’s independent auditors that the Initial Supplemental Report and/or Quarterly Supplemental Reports during such fiscal year are complete and accurate with respect to accounting matters, including policies and procedures and controls over such.

 

(iii)          Until the date on which the Preferred Shares are redeemed pursuant to Section 5 of the Certificate of Designation, within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall deliver to Treasury a certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex I , signed on behalf of the Company by an Executive Officer.

 

(iv)           If any Initial Supplemental Report or Quarterly Supplemental Report is inaccurate, Treasury shall be entitled to recover from the Company, upon demand, the amount of any difference between (x) the amount of the dividend payment(s) actually made to Treasury based on such inaccurate report and (y) the correct amount of the dividend payment(s) that should have been made, but for such inaccuracy.  The

 

18



 

Company shall provide Treasury with a written description of any such inaccuracy within three (3) business days after the Company’s discovery thereof.

 

(v)             Treasury shall have the right from time to time to modify Annex H , by posting an amended and restated version of Annex H on Treasury’s web site, to conform Annex H to (A) reflect changes in GAAP, (B) reflect changes in the form or content of, or definitions used in, Call Reports, or (C) to make clarifications and/or technical corrections as Treasury determines to be reasonably necessary.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon posting by Treasury on its web site, Annex H shall be deemed to be amended and restated as so posted, without the need for any further act on the part of any person or entity.  If any such modification includes a change to the caption or number of any line item of Annex H , any reference herein to such line item shall thereafter be a reference to such re-captioned or re-numbered line item.

 

(e)            Bank and Thrift Holding Company Status .  If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company on the Signing Date, then the Company shall maintain its status as a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, as the case may be, for as long as Treasury owns any Preferred Shares.  The Company shall redeem all Preferred Shares held by Treasury prior to terminating its status as a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, as applicable.

 

(f)             Predominantly Financial .  For as long as Treasury owns any Preferred Shares, the Company, to the extent it is not itself an insured depository institution, agrees to remain predominantly engaged in financial activities.  A company is predominantly engaged in financial activities if the annual gross revenues derived by the company and all subsidiaries of the company (excluding revenues derived from subsidiary depository institutions), on a consolidated basis, from engaging in activities that are financial in nature or are incidental to a financial activity under subsection (k) of Section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)) represent at least 85 percent of the consolidated annual gross revenues of the company.

 

(g)            Capital Covenant .  From the Signing Date until the date on which all of the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries shall maintain such capital as may be necessary to meet the minimum capital requirements of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, as in effect from time to time.

 

(h)            Reporting Requirements .  Prior to the date on which all of the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole, the Company covenants and agrees that, at all times on or after the Closing Date, (i) to the extent it is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, it shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth in Annex E or (ii) as soon as practicable after the date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, it shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth in Annex E .

 

(i)             Transfer of Proceeds to Depository Institutions .  If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, the Company shall immediately transfer to the IDI Subsidiaries, as equity capital contributions (in a manner

 

19



 

that will cause such equity capital contributions to qualify for inclusion in the Tier 1 capital of the IDI Subsidiaries), not less than ninety percent (90%) of the proceeds it receives in connection with the sale of Preferred Shares; provided, however , that:

 

(A)           no IDI Subsidiary shall receive any amount pursuant to this Section 3.1(i) in excess of (A) three percent (3%) of the insured depository institution’s Total Risk-Weighted Assets as reported in its Call Report filed immediately prior to the Application Date, if the insured depository institution has Total Assets of more than $1,000,000,000 and less than $10,000,000,000 as of December 31, 2009 or (B) five percent (5%) of the IDI Subsidiary’s Total Risk-Weighted Assets as reported in its Call Report filed immediately prior to the Application Date, if the IDI Subsidiary has Total Assets of $1,000,000,000 or less as of December 31, 2009; and

 

(B)           if Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Closing Date, the amount required to be transferred pursuant this Section 3.1(i) shall be the difference obtained by subtracting the Repayment Amount from the Purchase Price (unless the Purchase Price is less than the Repayment Amount, in which case no amount shall be required to be transferred pursuant to this Section 3.1(i)).

 

(j)             Outreach to Minorities, Women and Veterans .  The Company shall comply with Section 4103(d)(8) of the SBJA.

 

(k)            Certification Related to Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act .  The Company shall obtain from any business to which it makes a loan that is funded in whole or in part using funds from the Purchase Price a written certification that no principal of such business has been convicted of a sex offense against a minor (as such terms are defined in section 111 of the Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act, 42 U.S.C. §16911).  The Company shall retain all such certifications in accordance with standard recordkeeping practices established by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency.

 

3.2            Negative Covenants.   The Company hereby covenants and agrees with Treasury that:

 

(a)            Certain Transactions .

 

(i)             The Company shall not merge or consolidate with, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property or assets to, any other party unless the successor, transferee or lessee party (or its ultimate parent entity), as the case may be (if not the Company), expressly assumes the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant, agreement and condition of this Agreement to be performed and observed by the Company.

 

(ii)            Without the prior written consent of Treasury, until such time as Treasury shall cease to own any Preferred Shares, the Company shall not permit any of its “significant subsidiaries” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) to (A) engage in any merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or

 

20



 

similar transaction following the consummation of which such significant subsidiary is not wholly-owned by the Company, (B) dissolve or sell all or substantially all of its assets or property other than in connection with an internal reorganization or consolidation involving wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company or (C) issue or sell any shares of its capital stock or any securities convertible or exercisable for any such shares, other than issuances or sales in connection with an internal reorganization or consolidation involving wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(b)                                   Restriction on Dividends and Repurchases .  The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not violate any of the restrictions on dividends, distributions, redemptions, repurchases, acquisitions and related actions set forth in the Certificate of Designation, which are incorporated by reference herein as if set forth in full.

 

(c)                                   Related Party Transactions .  Until such time as Treasury ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Company, including the Preferred Shares, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries shall not enter into transactions with Affiliates or related persons (within the meaning of Item 404 under the SEC’s Regulation S-K) unless (A) such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party, and (B) have been approved by the audit committee of the Board of Directors or comparable body of independent directors of the Company, or if there are no independent directors, the Board of Directors, provided that the Board of Directors shall maintain written documentation which supports its determination that the transaction meets the requirements of clause (A) of this Section 3.2(c).

 

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

4.1                                  Purchase for Investment.   Treasury acknowledges that the Preferred Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws. Treasury (a) is acquiring the Preferred Shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment with no present intention to distribute them to any person in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable U.S. state securities laws, (b) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Preferred Shares, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any applicable U.S. state securities laws, and (c) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Purchase and of making an informed investment decision.

 

4.2                                  Legends.   (a)  Treasury agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Preferred Shares will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS, DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

 

21



 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER (THE “144A EXEMPTION”).  IF ANY TRANSFEREE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS ADVISED BY THE TRANSFEROR THAT SUCH TRANSFEROR IS RELYING ON THE 144A EXEMPTION, SUCH TRANSFEREE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH IS THEN EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO THE ISSUER OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND TREASURY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER.  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT.  ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.”

 

(b)                                   In the event that any Preferred Shares (i) become registered under the Securities Act or (ii) are eligible to be transferred without restriction in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act (other than Rule 

 

22



 

144A), the Company shall issue new certificates or other instruments representing such Preferred Shares, which shall not contain the applicable legends in Section 4.2(a) above; provided that Treasury surrenders to the Company the previously issued certificates or other instruments.

 

4.3                                  Transfer of Preferred Shares.   Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, Treasury shall be permitted to transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of (“ Transfer ”) all or a portion of the Preferred Shares at any time, and the Company shall take all steps as may be reasonably requested by Treasury to facilitate the Transfer of the Preferred Shares, including without limitation, as set forth in Section 4.4, provided that Treasury shall not Transfer any Preferred Shares if such transfer would require the Company to be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the Company was not already subject to such requirements.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall provide reasonable cooperation to facilitate any Transfers of the Preferred Shares, including, as is reasonable under the circumstances, by furnishing such information concerning the Company and its business as a proposed transferee may reasonably request and making management of the Company reasonably available to respond to questions of a proposed transferee in accordance with customary practice, subject in all cases to the proposed transferee agreeing to a customary confidentiality agreement.

 

4.4                                  Rule 144; Rule 144A; 4(1½) Transactions. (a)  At all times after the Signing Date, the Company covenants that (1) it will, upon the request of Treasury or any subsequent holders of the Preferred Shares (“ Holders ”), use its reasonable best efforts to (x), to the extent any Holder is relying on Rule 144 under the Securities Act to sell any of the Preferred Shares, make “current public information” available, as provided in Section (c)(1) of Rule 144 (if the Company is a “Reporting Issuer” within the meaning of Rule 144) or in Section (c)(2) of Rule 144 (if the Company is a “Non-Reporting Issuer” within the meaning of Rule 144), in either case for such time period as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144, (y), to the extent any Holder is relying on the so-called “Section 4(1½)” exemption to sell any of its Preferred Shares, prepare and provide to such Holder such information, including the preparation of private offering memoranda or circulars or financial information, as the Holder may reasonably request to enable the sale of the Preferred Shares pursuant to such exemption, or (z) to the extent any Holder is relying on Rule 144A under the Securities Act to sell any of its Preferred Shares, prepare and provide to such Holder the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4), and (2) it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Preferred Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (i) the provisions of the Securities Act or any interpretations thereof or related thereto by the SEC, including transactions based on the so-called “Section 4(1½)” and other similar transactions, (ii) Rule 144 or 144A under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action described in this Section 4.4(a) that would cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the Company was not subject to such requirements prior to taking such action.  Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

 

23



 

(b)                                   The Company agrees to indemnify Treasury, Treasury’s officials, officers, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and each person, if any, that controls Treasury within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys and other professionals incurred in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses), joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any document or report provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.4 or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(c)                                   If the indemnification provided for in Section 4.4(b) is unavailable to an Indemnitee with respect to any losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses referred to therein or is insufficient to hold the Indemnitee harmless as contemplated therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnitee, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other factors, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; the Company and Treasury agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4(c) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 4.4(b).  No Indemnitee guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from the Company if the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

4.5                                  Depositary Shares.   Upon request by Treasury at any time following the Closing Date, the Company shall promptly enter into a depositary arrangement, pursuant to customary agreements reasonably satisfactory to Treasury and with a depositary reasonably acceptable to Treasury, pursuant to which the Preferred Shares may be deposited and depositary shares, each representing a fraction of a Preferred Share, as specified by Treasury, may be issued. From and after the execution of any such depositary arrangement, and the deposit of any Preferred Shares, as applicable, pursuant thereto, the depositary shares issued pursuant thereto shall be deemed “Preferred Shares” and, as applicable, “Registrable Securities” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4.6                                  Expenses and Further Assurances.   (a)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, including

 

24



 

fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel.

 

(b)                                   The Company shall, at the Company’s sole cost and expense, (i) furnish to Treasury all instruments, documents and other agreements required to be furnished by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.4 above, or which are reasonably requested by Treasury in connection therewith; (ii) execute and deliver to Treasury such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary or desirable, to evidence, preserve and/or protect the Preferred Shares purchased by Treasury, as Treasury may reasonably require; and (iii) do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances for the better and more effective carrying out of the intents and purposes of this Agreement, as Treasury shall reasonably require from time to time.

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1                                  Termination.   This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                   termination at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(i)                                     by either Treasury or the Company if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the 30 th  calendar day following the date on which Treasury issued its preliminary approval of the Company’s application to participate in SBLF (the “ Closing Deadline ”); provided , however , that in the event the Closing has not occurred by the Closing Deadline, the parties will consult in good faith to determine whether to extend the term of this Agreement, it being understood that the parties shall be required to consult only until the fifth calendar day after the Closing Deadline and not be under any obligation to extend the term of this Agreement thereafter; provided , further , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 5.1(a)(i) shall not be available to any party whose breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement shall have caused or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; or

 

(ii)                                 by either Treasury or the Company in the event that any Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or

 

(iii)                             by the mutual written consent of Treasury and the Company; or

 

(b)                                   the date on which all of the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole; or

 

25



 

(c)                                   the date on which Treasury has transferred all of the Preferred Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates of Treasury.

 

In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of either party hereto except that nothing herein shall relieve either party from liability for any breach of this Agreement.

 

5.2                                  Survival.

 

(a)                                   This Agreement and all representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the Closing without limitation.

 

(b)                                   The covenants set forth in Article III and Annex E and the agreements set forth in Article IV shall, to the extent such covenants do not explicitly terminate at such time as Treasury no longer owns any Preferred Shares, survive the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1(c) without limitation until the date on which all of the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole.

 

(c)                                   The rights and remedies of Treasury with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants and obligations of the Company herein shall not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time by Treasury or any of its personnel or agents with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of, or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation.

 

5.3                                  Amendment.   No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an officer or a duly authorized representative of each party, except as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(v).  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

5.4                                  Waiver of Conditions.   The conditions to each party’s obligation to consummate the Purchase are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law. No waiver will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver.

 

5.5                                  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction, etc.   This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties shall be enforced, governed, and construed in all respects (whether in contract or in tort) in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia

 

26



 

and the United States Court of Federal Claims for any and all civil actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Purchase contemplated hereby and (b) that notice may be served upon (i) the Company at the address and in the manner set forth for notices to the Company in Section 5.7 and (ii) Treasury at the address and in the manner set forth for notices to the Company in Section 5.7, but otherwise in accordance with federal law. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY CIVIL LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PURCHASE CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

5.6                                  No Relationship to TARP.   The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the SBLF program is separate and distinct from the Troubled Asset Relief Program established by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008; and (ii) the Company shall not, by virtue of the investment contemplated hereby, be considered a recipient under the Troubled Asset Relief Program.

 

5.7                                  Notices.   Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service.  All notices to the Company shall be delivered as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement, or pursuant to such other instruction as may be designated in writing by the Company to Treasury.  All notices to Treasury shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by Treasury to the Company.

 

If to Treasury:

 

United States Department of the Treasury

1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Washington, D.C. 20220

Attention:  Small Business Lending Fund, Office of Domestic Finance

 

E-mail: SBLFComplSubmissions@treasury.gov

 

5.8                                  Assignment.   Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation nor liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempt to assign any right, remedy, obligation or liability hereunder without such consent shall be void, except (a) an assignment, in the case of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (a “ Business Combination ”) where such party is not the surviving entity, or a sale of substantially all of its assets, to the entity which is the survivor of such Business Combination or the purchaser in such sale, (b) an assignment of certain rights as provided in Sections 3.1(c) or 3.1(h) or Annex E or (c) an assignment by Treasury of this Agreement to an Affiliate of Treasury; provided that if Treasury assigns this Agreement to an Affiliate, Treasury shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement but (i) all rights, remedies and obligations of Treasury hereunder shall continue and be enforceable by such

 

27



 

Affiliate, (ii) the Company’s obligations and liabilities hereunder shall continue to be outstanding and (iii) all references to Treasury herein shall be deemed to be references to such Affiliate.

 

5.9                                  Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, will remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

 

5.10                            No Third Party Beneficiaries.   Other than as expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Company and Treasury (and any Indemnitee) any benefit, right or remedies.

 

5.11                            Specific Performance.   The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled (without the necessity of posting a bond) to specific performance of the terms hereof, this being in addition to any other remedies to which they are entitled at law or equity.

 

5.12                            Interpretation.   When a reference is made in this Agreement to “Articles” or “Sections” such reference shall be to an Article or Section of the Annex of this Agreement in which such reference is contained, unless otherwise indicated.  When a reference is made in this Agreement to an “Annex”, such reference shall be to an Annex to this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.  The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.  References to “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and the like refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or provision, unless the context requires otherwise. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.  No rule of construction against the draftsperson shall be applied in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, as this Agreement is entered into between sophisticated parties advised by counsel.  All references to “ $ ” or “ dollars ” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.  Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, all references to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute) and to any section of any statute, rule or regulation include any successor to the section.  References to a “ business day ” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the District of Columbia generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

 

28



 

ANNEX D

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

Part 2.2                                         Capitalization

 

Capital stock reserved for issuance in connection with securities or obligations giving the holder thereof the right to acquire such capital:

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000 shares of common stock under 2008 Stock Plan

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued since the Capitalization Date upon exercise of options or pursuant to equity-based awards, warrants, or convertible securities:

 

 

 

 

 

8,630 shares of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

All other shares issued since the Capitalization Date:

 

 

 

 

 

13,500 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A

 

 

 

 

 

Holders of 5% or more of any class of capital stock

 

Primary Address

 

 

 

Patrick Hopper

 

2624 Pebblegold Avenue, Henderson, Nevada 89074

 

 

 

If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, complete the following (leave blank otherwise):

 

Name of IDI Subsidiary

 

Percentage of IDI Subsidiary’s capital stock owned by the Company

 

 

 

Oak Valley Community Bank

 

100%

 

1



 

Part 2.13                                              Compliance With Laws

 

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in the second sentence of Section 2.13 of the General Terms and Conditions.  If none, please so indicate by checking the box: x .

 

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in the last sentence of Section 2.13 of the General Terms and Conditions.  If none, please so indicate by checking the box: x .

 

2



 

Part 2.19                                              Regulatory Agreements

 

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in Section 2.19 of the General Terms and Conditions.  If none, please so indicate by checking the box: x .

 

3



 

Part 2.25                                              Related Party Transactions

 

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in Section 2.25 of the General Terms and Conditions.  If none, please so indicate by checking the box: x .

 

4



 

ANNEX E

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

1.                            Definitions .  Terms not defined in this Annex shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. As used in this Annex E , the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

(a)                       Holder ” means Treasury and any other holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in compliance with Section 9 of this Annex E .

 

(b)                      Holders’ Counsel ” means one counsel for the selling Holders chosen by Holders holding a majority interest in the Registrable Securities being registered.

 

(c)                       Pending Underwritten Offering ” means, with respect to any Holder forfeiting its rights pursuant to Section 11 of this Annex E , any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities in which such Holder has advised the Company of its intent to register its Registrable Securities either pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(d) of this Annex E prior to the date of such Holder’s forfeiture.

 

(d)                      Register ”, “ registered ”, and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and (A) filing a registration statement or amendment thereto in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or amendment thereto or (B) filing a prospectus and/or prospectus supplement in respect of an appropriate effective registration statement on Form S-3.

 

(e)                       Registrable Securities ” means (A) all Preferred Shares and (B) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clause (A) by way of conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, or share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization, provided that, once issued, such securities will not be Registrable Securities when (1) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (2) they shall have ceased to be outstanding or (3) they have been sold in any transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities.  No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one registration statement at any one time.

 

(f)                         Registration Expenses ” mean all expenses incurred by the Company in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement (whether or not any registration or prospectus becomes effective or final) or otherwise complying with its obligations under this Annex E , including all registration, filing and listing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, expenses incurred in connection with any “road show”, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Holders’ Counsel, and expenses of the Company’s independent accountants in connection with any regular or

 

1



 

special reviews or audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses.

 

(g)                      Rule 144 ”, “ Rule 144A ”, “ Rule 159A ”, “ Rule 405 ” and “ Rule 415 ” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

(h)                      Selling Expenses ” mean all discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of Holders’ Counsel included in Registration Expenses).

 

(i)                          Special Registration ” means the registration of (A) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or successor form) or (B) shares of equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, members of management, employees, consultants, customers, lenders or vendors of the Company or Company Subsidiaries or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans.

 

2.                            Registration .

 

(a)                       The Company covenants and agrees that as promptly as practicable after the date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and in any event no later than 30 days thereafter), the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement covering all Registrable Securities (or otherwise designate an existing shelf registration on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) filed with the SEC to cover the Registrable Securities), and, to the extent the Shelf Registration Statement has not theretofore been declared effective or is not automatically effective upon such filing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared or become effective and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities for a period from the date of its initial effectiveness until such time as there are no Registrable Securities remaining (including by refiling such Shelf Registration Statement (or a new Shelf Registration Statement) if the initial Shelf Registration Statement expires).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is not eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, then the Company shall not be obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement unless and until requested to do so in writing by Treasury.

 

(b)                      Any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Annex E shall be effected by means of a Shelf Registration Statement on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”).  If any Holder intends to distribute any Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten offering it shall promptly so advise the Company and the Company shall take all reasonable steps to facilitate such distribution, including the actions required pursuant to Section 2(d) of this Annex E ; provided that the Company shall not be required to facilitate an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities unless (i) the expected gross proceeds from such offering exceed $200,000 or (ii) such underwritten offering includes all of the outstanding Registrable Securities held by such Holder.

 

2



 

The lead underwriters in any such distribution shall be selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be distributed.

 

(c)                       The Company shall not be required to effect a registration (including a resale of Registrable Securities from an effective Shelf Registration Statement) or an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2 of this Annex E :  (A) with respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities; or (B) if the Company has notified all Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its securityholders for such registration or underwritten offering to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 45 days after receipt of the request of any Holder; provided that such right to delay a registration or underwritten offering shall be exercised by the Company (1) only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising) similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights and (2) not more than three times in any 12-month period and not more than 90 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

 

(d)                      If during any period when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is not available, the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Annex E or a Special Registration, and the registration form to be filed may be used for the registration or qualification for distribution of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration (but in no event less than ten days prior to the anticipated filing date) and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten business days after the date of the Company’s notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”).  Any such person that has made such a written request may withdraw its Registrable Securities from such Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, on or before the fifth business day prior to the planned effective date of such Piggyback Registration.  The Company may terminate or withdraw any registration under this Section 2(d) of this Annex E prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not any Holders have elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

 

(e)                       If the registration referred to in Section 2(d) of this Annex E is proposed to be underwritten, the Company will so advise all Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(d) of this Annex E .  In such event, the right of all Holders to registration pursuant to Section 2 of this Annex E will be conditioned upon such persons’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such person’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting if such securities are of the same class of securities as the securities to be offered in the underwritten offering, and each such person will (together with the Company and the other persons distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company; provided that Treasury (as opposed to other Holders) shall not be required to indemnify any person in connection with any registration. If any participating person disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriters and Treasury (if Treasury is participating in the underwriting).

 

3



 

(f)                         If either (x) the Company grants “piggyback” registration rights to one or more third parties to include their securities in an underwritten offering under the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Annex E or (y) a Piggyback Registration under Section 2(d) of this Annex E relates to an underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and in either case the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such offering only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such managing underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: (A) first, in the case of a Piggyback Registration under Section 2(d) of this Annex E , the securities the Company proposes to sell, (B) then the Registrable Securities of all Holders who have requested inclusion of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(b) or Section 2(d) of this Annex E , as applicable, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such securities or shares owned by each such Holder and (C) lastly, any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included, subject to the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that if the Company has, prior to the Signing Date, entered into an agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the order of priority contemplated hereby then it shall apply the order of priority in such conflicting agreement to the extent that it would otherwise result in a breach under such agreement.

 

3.                            Expenses of Registration .  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance hereunder shall be borne by the Company.  All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the aggregate offering or sale price of the securities so registered.

 

4.                            Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities or facilitate the distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

 

(a)                       Prepare and file with the SEC a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment with respect to a proposed offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, subject to Section 4 of this Annex E , keep such registration statement effective and keep such prospectus supplement current until the securities described therein are no longer Registrable Securities.

 

(b)                      Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the applicable registration statement and the prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

 

(c)                       Furnish to the Holders and any underwriters such number of copies of the applicable registration statement and each such amendment and supplement thereto (including in

 

4



 

each case all exhibits) and of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned or to be distributed by them.

 

(d)                      Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s), to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably necessary to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

(e)                       Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable prospectus, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

 

(f)                         Give written notice to the Holders:

 

(i)                                      when any registration statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the SEC (except for any amendment effected by the filing of a document with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act) and when such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

 

(ii)                                   of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any registration statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

 

(iii)                                of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

 

(iv)                               of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the applicable Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(v)                                  of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in any effective registration statement or the prospectus related to the registration statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading (which notice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made); and

 

(vi)                               if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement contemplated by Section 4(j) of this Annex E cease to be true and correct.

 

5



 

(g)                      Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement referred to in Section 4(f)(iii) of this Annex E at the earliest practicable time.

 

(h)                      Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4(e) or 4(f)(v) of this Annex E , promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to such registration statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Holders and any underwriters, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If the Company notifies the Holders in accordance with Section 4(f)(v) to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Holders and any underwriters shall suspend use of such prospectus and use their reasonable best efforts to return to the Company all copies of such prospectus (at the Company’s expense) other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ or underwriters’ possession.  The total number of days that any such suspension may be in effect in any 12-month period shall not exceed 90 days.

 

(i)                          Use reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical stock certificates into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s).

 

(j)                          If an underwritten offering is requested pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Annex E , enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form, scope and substance and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith or by the managing underwriter(s), if any, to expedite or facilitate the underwritten disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in connection therewith in any underwritten offering (including making members of management and executives of the Company available to participate in “road shows”, similar sales events and other marketing activities), (A) make such representations and warranties to the Holders that are selling stockholders and the managing underwriter(s), if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in customary form, substance and scope, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (B) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish the underwriters with opinions of counsel to the Company, addressed to the managing underwriter(s), if any, covering the matters customarily covered in such opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (C) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are included in the Shelf Registration Statement) who have certified the financial statements included in such Shelf Registration Statement, addressed to each of the managing underwriter(s), if any, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters, (D) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures customary in underwritten offerings ( provided that Treasury shall not be obligated to provide any indemnity), and (E) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in

 

6



 

connection therewith, their counsel and the managing underwriter(s), if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

 

(k)                       Make available for inspection by a representative of Holders that are selling stockholders, the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Holders or managing underwriter(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information in each case reasonably requested (and of the type customarily provided in connection with due diligence conducted in connection with a registered public offering of securities) by any such representative, managing underwriter(s), attorney or accountant in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(l)                          Use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if no similar securities issued by the Company are then listed on any national securities exchange, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on such securities exchange as Treasury may designate.

 

(m)                    If requested by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold in connection therewith, or the managing underwriter(s), if any, promptly include in a prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold in connection therewith or managing underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request.

 

(n)                      Timely provide to its security holders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

7



 

5.                            Suspension of Sales .  Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement contains or may contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or may omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that circumstances exist that make inadvisable use of such registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement, each Holder of Registrable Securities shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until such Holder has received copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus or prospectus supplement, or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.  The total number of days that any such suspension may be in effect in any 12-month period shall not exceed 90 days.

 

6.                            Termination of Registration Rights .  A Holder’s registration rights as to any securities held by such Holder (and its Affiliates, partners, members and former members) shall not be available unless such securities are Registrable Securities.

 

7.                            Furnishing Information .

 

(a)                       No Holder shall use any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405) in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(b)                      It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 4 of this Annex E that the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registered offering of their Registrable Securities.

 

8.                            Indemnification .

 

(a)                       The Company agrees to indemnify each Holder and, if a Holder is a person other than an individual, such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and in the case of Treasury, Treasury’s officials, and each person, if any, that controls a Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys and other professionals incurred in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses), joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto or any documents incorporated therein by reference or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto); or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the

 

8



 

statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , that the Company shall not be liable to such Indemnitee in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in reliance upon and in conformity with information regarding such Indemnitee or its plan of distribution or ownership interests which was furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnitee for use in connection with such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto, or (B)  offers or sales effected by or on behalf of such Indemnitee “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A) a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) that was not authorized in writing by the Company.

 

(b)                      If the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) of this Annex E is unavailable to an Indemnitee with respect to any losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses referred to therein or is insufficient to hold the Indemnitee harmless as contemplated therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnitee, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other factors, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission;  the Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(b) of this Annex E were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(a) of this Annex E .  No Indemnitee guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from the Company if the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

9.                            Assignment of Registration Rights .  The rights of Treasury to registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2 of this Annex E may be assigned by Treasury to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities; provided , however , the transferor shall, within ten days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the number and type of Registrable Securities that are being assigned.

 

10.                      Clear Market .  With respect to any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities by Holders pursuant to this Annex E , the Company agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration or pursuant to a Special Registration) any public sale or distribution, or to file any Shelf Registration Statement (other than such registration or a Special Registration) covering

 

9



 

any preferred stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for preferred stock of the Company, during the period not to exceed ten days prior and 60 days following the effective date of such offering or such longer period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter for such underwritten offering.  The Company also agrees to cause such of its directors and senior executive officers to execute and deliver customary lock-up agreements in such form and for such time period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter.

 

11.                      Forfeiture of Rights .  At any time, any holder of Registrable Securities (including any Holder) may elect to forfeit its rights set forth in this Annex E from that date forward; provided , that a Holder forfeiting such rights shall nonetheless be entitled to participate under Section 2(d) — (f) of this Annex E in any Pending Underwritten Offering to the same extent that such Holder would have been entitled to if the Holder had not withdrawn; and provided , further , that no such forfeiture shall terminate a Holder’s rights or obligations under Section 7 of this Annex E with respect to any prior registration or Pending Underwritten Offering.

 

12.                      Specific Performance .  The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations under this Annex E and that Holders from time to time may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that such Holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, to the fullest extent permitted and enforceable under applicable law shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Annex E in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Annex E .

 

13.                      No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Company shall not, on or after the Signing Date, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that may impair the rights granted to Holders under this Annex E or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof in any manner that may impair the rights granted to Holders under this Annex E .  In the event the Company has, prior to the Signing Date, entered into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to Holders under this Annex E (including agreements that are inconsistent with the order of priority contemplated by Section 2(f) of Annex E ) or that may otherwise conflict with the provisions hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to amend such agreements to ensure they are consistent with the provisions of this Annex E .

 

14.                      Certain Offerings by Treasury .  An “underwritten” offering or other disposition shall include any distribution of such securities on behalf of Treasury by one or more broker-dealers, an “underwriting agreement” shall include any purchase agreement entered into by such broker-dealers, and any “registration statement” or “prospectus” shall include any offering document approved by the Company and used in connection with such distribution.

 

10



 

ANNEX F

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

1



 

ANNEX G

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

OF

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

In connection with that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”) by and between Oak Valley Bancorp (the “ Company ”) and the Secretary of the Treasury, the undersigned does hereby certify as follows:

 

1.                                        I am a duly elected/appointed Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company.

 

2.                                        Attached as Exhibit A hereto is a true, complete and correct copy of the articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document of the Company and any amendments thereto as presently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of California.

 

3.                                        Attached as Exhibit B hereto is a true, complete and correct copy of the by-laws of the Company as presently in effect.

 

4.                                        Attached as Exhibit C hereto is a true, complete and correct copy of resolutions adopted at a duly convened meeting at which a quorum was present and acting /by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).  Such resolutions are now in full force and effect and have not been modified, amended or revoked and are the only resolutions of the Board relating to the Agreement.

 

5.                                        Shareholder consent is not required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by the Company.

 

6.                                        Attached as Exhibit D is a true, complete and correct copy of the Certificate of Designation, which has been filed with, and accepted by, the Secretary of State of the State of California .

 

7.                                        The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article II of Annex C of the Agreement are true and correct in all respects as though as of the date hereof (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date) and the Company has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under the Agreement.

 

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered as of August 11, 2011 pursuant to Section 1.3 of Annex C of the Agreement.

 

1



 

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Officer’s Certificate has been duly executed and delivered as of the 11 th   day of August 2011.

 

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard A. McCarty

 

 

Name: Richard A. McCarty

 

 

Title: CFO and Secretary

 

3



 

EXHIBIT A

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

5



 

EXHIBIT C

 

6



 

EXHIBIT D

 

7



 

ANNEX H

SUPPLEMENTAL REPORTS

 

[SEE ATTACHED INITIAL SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT]

 

1



 

[SEE ATTACHED QUARTERLY SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT]

 

2


 


 

ANNEX I

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

 

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

 

OF

 

[ COMPANY]

 

In connection with that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated  [                     ], 2011 (the “ Agreement ”) by and between [COMPANY] (the “ Company ”) and the Secretary of the Treasury (“ Treasury ”), the undersigned does hereby certify as follows:

 

1.                                        I am a duly elected/appointed [                         ] of the Company.

 

2.                                        For each loan originated by the Company or any of its Affiliates that was funded in whole or in part using funds from the Purchase Price, the Company has obtained from the business to which it made such loan a written certification that no principal of such business has been convicted of a sex offense against a minor (as such terms are defined in section 111 of the Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act, 42 U.S.C. §16911).  The Company shall retain all such certifications in accordance with standard recordkeeping practices established by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency.

 

3.                                        The Company is in compliance with the requirements of Section 103.121 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations.

 

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered as of [                           ]  pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iii) of Annex C of the Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been duly executed and delivered as of the [    ] day of [                ], 20[    ].

 

 

 

[COMPANY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

2



 

ANNEX J

OPINION

 

Buchalter Nemer P.C. letterhead

 

August 11, 2011

 

Secretary of the Treasury

1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Washington, D.C. 20220

Attention:  Small Business Lending Fund, Office of Domestic Finance

 

Re:

Oak Valley Bancorp

 

SBLF Identification No. 0326

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel for Oak Valley Bancorp (the “ Company ”) in connection with the sale and issuance of 13,500 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “ Preferred Shares ”) to the Secretary of the Treasury (the “ Treasury ”) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of that certain Small Business Lending Fund - Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”).  This letter is rendered to you pursuant to Section 1.3(f) of the Agreement and Annex J attached thereto.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

 

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth herein, including, without limitation:

 

1.                                        the Agreement;

 

2.                                        the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, certified by the Secretary of the State of California on July 27, 2011;

 

3.                                        the Certificate of Determination of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B of the Company in the form filed with the Secretary of the State of California on August 11, 2011;

 

4.                                        A Certificate of Status for the Company from the Secretary of the State of California dated July 22, 2011 (the “ Good Standing Certificate ”);

 

1



 

5.                                        A Secretary’s Certificate dated July 21, 2011 executed by the Company’s Secretary to which is attached a copy of resolutions  approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company effective as of July 19, 2011;

 

6.                                        A Secretary’s Certificate dated August 9, 2011 executed by the Company’s Secretary to which is attached a copy of the Company’s bylaws, as amended;

 

7.                                        An Officer’s Certificate dated August 11, 2011 executed by Richard A. McCarty, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Executive Vice President, and by Ronald C. Martin, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

In addition to the foregoing, we have made such investigations of law, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.  In such examination and in rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed:

 

(i)                                      the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Agreement by all the parties thereto (other than the Company);

 

(ii)            that the Agreement is the valid and binding obligation of Treasury, enforceable against Treasury in accordance with its terms and that no such document has been amended or terminated orally or in writing except as has been disclosed to us;

 

(iii)           the genuineness of all signatures on all documents submitted to us;

 

(iv)           the authenticity and completeness of all documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments submitted to us;

 

(v)                                  that photocopy, electronic, certified, conformed, facsimile and other copies submitted to us of original documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments conform to the original documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments, and that all such original documents were authentic and complete;

 

(vi)                               that the factual statements (including the stated official capacities and titles of signing individuals) contained in the Officer’s Certificate and in the Good Standing Certificate on which we have relied for the purposes of the opinions set forth in opinion paragraphs (a) regarding good standing and (g)(iii)(y) (which opinion paragraph (g)(iii)(y) is based on a review of only the Material Contracts listed in the Officer’s Certificate), are true and correct and that there has not been any change in the facts, circumstances or status of the Company from that reported in such certificates and comparable documents;

 

(vii)                            that the rights and remedies set forth in the Agreement will be exercised reasonably and in good faith.

 

Wherever we indicate that our opinion is based on facts “known to us”, our opinion is based solely on (i) the current actual knowledge of the attorneys currently with the firm who have represented the Company in connection with the Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and of any other attorneys presently in our firm whom we have

 

2



 

determined are likely, in the course of representing the Company, to have acquired knowledge of the matters covered by this opinion.  We have made no independent investigation as to such factual matters.  However, we know of no facts which lead us to believe such factual matters are untrue or inaccurate.

 

Based upon the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, and subject to the limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the following opinion:

 

(a)                                   The Company has been duly formed and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of California.  The Company has all necessary power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

(b)                                  The Company is not qualified as a foreign entity for the transaction of business in any jurisdiction.

 

(c)                                   The Preferred Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Agreement, the Preferred Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of designated preferred stock authorized on the Closing Date with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

 

(d)                                  The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement and to carry out its obligations thereunder (which includes the issuance of the Preferred Shares).

 

(e)                                   The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and its stockholders, and no further approval or authorization is required on the part of the Company, including, without limitation, by any rule or requirement of any United States national stock exchange.

 

(f)                                     The Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

(g)                                  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder (i) do not require any approval by any Governmental Entity to be obtained on the part of the Company, except those that have been obtained, (ii) do not violate or conflict with any provision of the Charter, (iii) do not violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (x) under any of the terms,

 

3



 

conditions or provisions of its organizational documents or (y) under any agreement, contract, indenture, lease, mortgage, power of attorney, evidence of indebtedness, letter of credit, license, instrument, obligation, purchase or sales order, or other commitment, whether oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or (iv) do not conflict with, breach or result in a violation of, or default under any judgment, decree or order known to us that is applicable to the Company and, pursuant to any applicable laws, is issued by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Company.

 

(h)                                  Other than the filing of the Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State of California or other applicable Governmental Entity, such filings and approvals as are required to be made or obtained under any state “blue sky” laws and such consents and approvals that have been made or obtained, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity is required to be made or obtained by the Company in connection with the consummation by the Company of the Purchase.

 

The opinions expressed herein are subject to the following exceptions, qualifications and limitations:

 

A.                                    We express no opinion with respect to any of the following:

 

1.                                        Statutes, ordinances, administrative decisions and rules and regulations of counties, towns, municipalities and other local political subdivisions (whether created or enabled through legislative action at the federal, state or regional level);

 

2.                                        The enforceability of Section 4.4(b) of the Agreement providing indemnification to any party under the Agreement under the federal securities Laws.

 

B.                                      The enforceability of the Agreement may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws and principles affecting creditors’ rights generally, including without limitation, preference, fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance laws; and (b) general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing) and the availability of equitable remedies (including, without limitation, specific performance and equitable relief), regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

C.                                      We are members of the Bar of the State of California and our opinion letter is limited to federal Laws of the United States and the Laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles, and we assume no responsibility as to the applicability or the effect of the Laws of any other jurisdiction. In rendering the opinions set forth above, we have assumed, with your approval, that the Laws of the State of New York, which is the state for purposes of the governing law provision of the Agreement, are substantively identical to the Laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law provisions.  The term “ Laws ” means the published constitutions, statutes, codes, laws, rules and regulations and judicial and administrative decisions of the applicable jurisdiction.

 

The opinions set forth above are effective as of the date hereof.  Our opinion is limited to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion or other statement may be inferred or

 

4



 

implied beyond the matters expressly stated.  We express no opinion as to rights, obligations or other matters subsequent to the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you or any other person or entity of any changes to our opinion subsequent to the date hereof, or to issue any bring-down opinions or the like.

 

This opinion is addressed to you and is solely for your benefit and only in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.  This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or furnished to, filed, circulated, quoted or referred to or relied upon by any other person, firm or corporation for any purpose without our prior written consent.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

BUCHALTER NEMER

 

A Professional Corporation

 

5



 

ANNEX K

REPAYMENT DOCUMENT

 

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

1500 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, NW

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20220

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Letter Agreement incorporating the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms (the “ Securities Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of the date set forth on Schedule A hereto, between the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Investor ”) and the company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Company ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Securities Purchase Agreement.  Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, at the Closing, the Company issued to the Investor the number of shares of the series of its preferred stock set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Preferred Shares ”) and a warrant (the “ Warrant ”) to purchase the number of shares of its common stock set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

In connection with the consummation of the repurchase (the “ Repurchase ”) by the Company from the Investor, on the date hereof, of the number of Preferred Shares listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Repurchased Preferred Shares ] , as permitted by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009:

 

(a)                                   The Company hereby acknowledges receipt from the Investor of the share certificate(s) set forth on Schedule A hereto representing the Preferred Shares; and

 

(b)                                  The Investor hereby acknowledges receipt from the Company of a wire transfer for the account of the Investor in immediately available funds of the aggregate purchase price set forth on Schedule A hereto, representing payment in full for the Repurchased Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Liquidation Amount per share, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date hereof;

 

The Investor and the Company hereby agree that, notwithstanding Section 4.4 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, immediately following consummation of the Repurchase, but subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Investor shall be permitted to Transfer all or a portion of the Warrant with respect to, and/or exercise the Warrant for, all or a portion of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder, at any time and without limitation, and Section 4.4 of the Securities Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to be amended in order to permit the foregoing.  The Company shall take all steps as may be reasonably requested by the Investor to facilitate any such Transfer.

 

In addition, the Company agrees that in the event it elects to repurchase the Warrant, it shall deliver to the Investor within 15 calendar days of the date hereof a notice of intent to repurchase the Warrant, which notice shall be in accordance with Section 4.9(b) of the Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Warrant Repurchase Notice ”).  In the event the Company does not

 

1



 

deliver the Warrant Repurchase Notice to the Investor within 15 calendar days of the date hereof, the Investor hereby provides notice, pursuant to Section 4.5(p) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, of its intention to sell the Warrant, such notice to be effective as of the first day following the end of such 15-day period.

 

In the event that the Company delivers a Warrant Repurchase Notice and the Company and the Investor fail to agree on the Fair Market Value of the Warrant pursuant to the procedures (including the Appraisal Procedure), and in accordance with the time periods, set forth in Section 4.9(c) of the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Company revokes the delivery of such Warrant Repurchase Notice, then the Investor hereby provides notice of its intention to sell the Warrant.

 

This letter agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

 

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement.  Executed signature pages to this letter agreement may be delivered by facsimile and such facsimiles will be deemed sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered

 

[ Remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

2



 

In witness whereof, the parties have duly executed this letter agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: Don Graves

 

 

 

Title: Deputy Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY: OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: Richard A. McCarty

 

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

3



 

SCHEDULE A

 

[ Version to be used by public issuers ]

 

General Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Letter Agreement incorporating the Securities Purchase Agreement:

 

August 11, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Name of the Company:

 

Oak Valley Bancorp

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate or other organizational form of the Company:

 

corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Jurisdiction of organization of the Company:

 

California

 

 

 

 

 

Number and series of preferred stock issued to the Investor at the Closing:

 

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Initial Warrant Shares:

 

350,346

 

 

 

 

Terms of the Repurchase:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Preferred Shares repurchased by the Company:

 

13,500

 

 

 

 

 

Share certificate number (representing the Preferred Shares previously issued to the Investor at the Closing):

 

A-1

 

 

 

 

 

Per share Liquidation Amount of Preferred Shares:

 

$1,000

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued and unpaid dividends on Preferred Shares:

 

$161,250

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate purchase price for Repurchased Preferred Shares:

 

$13,500,000

 

 

 

 

Wire information for payment of purchase price :

 

[omitted]

 

4


Exhibit 10.2

 

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Washington, D.C. 20220

 

 

September 28, 2011

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain letter agreement (the “ Repurchase Letter Agreement[s] ”) , dated as of the date set forth on Schedule A hereto, between the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Investor ) and the company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “ Company ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Repurchase Letter Agreement.

 

As documented by the Repurchase Letter Agreement, the Company has completed the repurchase from the Investor of all of the Preferred Shares issued to the Investor pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement.  Following such time, the Company delivered a Warrant Repurchase Notice dated as of the date set forth on Schedule A hereto to the Investor.  In connection with the consummation, on the date hereof, of the repurchase of the Warrant by the Company from the Investor, as contemplated by the Warrant Repurchase Notice and Section 4.9 of the Securities Purchase Agreement:

 

(a)                                   The Company hereby acknowledges receipt from the Investor of the Warrant; and

 

(b)                                  The Investor hereby acknowledges receipt from the Company of a wire transfer to the account of the Investor set forth on Schedule A hereto in immediately available funds of the aggregate purchase price set forth on Schedule A hereto, representing payment in full for the Warrant, determined in accordance with Section 4.9 of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

This letter agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State.

 

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement.  Executed signature pages to this letter agreement may be delivered by facsimile and such facsimiles will be deemed sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.

 



 

In witness whereof, the parties have duly executed this letter agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy G. Massad

 

Name: Timothy G. Massad

 

Title: Assistant Secretary for Financial Stability

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY: OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard A McCarty

 

Name: Richard A McCarty

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Company Information:

 

Name of the Company:                                                Oak Valley Bancorp

 

Corporate or other organizational form of the Company:                   Corporation

 

Jurisdiction of organization of the Company: California

 

Information related to the Preferred Share Repurchase:

 

Date of Repurchase Letter Agreement for the repurchase of 13,500 of the Preferred Shares:

 

August 11, 2011

 

Terms of the Warrant Repurchase:

 

Date of Warrant Repurchase Notice: August 25, 2011, as amended on September 13, 2011

 

Aggregate purchase price for the Warrant : $560,000

 

Wire information for payment of purchase price for the Warrant:                                             [Omitted]

 


Exhibit 31.01

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Ronald C. Martin, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Oak Valley Bancorp;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  November 9, 2011

 

/s/  RONALD C. MARTIN

 

Ronald C. Martin

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 31.02

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Richard A. McCarty, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Oak Valley Bancorp;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  November 9, 2011

 

/s/  RICHARD A. MCCARTY

 

Richard A. McCarty

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 


Exhibit 32.01

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Ronald C. Martin, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Oak Valley Bancorp on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Oak Valley Bancorp.

 

Date: November 9, 2011

By:

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN

 

Name:

Ronald C. Martin

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

I, Richard A. McCarty, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Oak Valley Bancorp on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Oak Valley Bancorp.

 

Date: November 9, 2011

By:

/s/ RICHARD A. MCCARTY

 

Name:

Richard A. McCarty

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer